close
1.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
1. Coarse-to-Fine Natural Language Processing
Slav Petrov, Eugene Charniak
出版情報: SpringerLink Books - AutoHoldings , Springer Berlin Heidelberg, 2012
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introduction / 1：
Coarse-to-Fine Models / 1.1：
Coarse-to-Fine Inference / 1.2：
Latent Variable Grammars for Natural Language Parsing / 2：
Experimental Setup / 2.1：
Manual Grammar Refinement / 2.2：
Vertical and Horizontal Markovization / 2.2.1：
Additional Linguistic Refinements / 2.2.2：
Generative Latent Variable Grammars / 2.3：
Hierarchical Estimation / 2.3.1：
Adaptive Refinement / 2.3.2：
Smoothing / 2.3.3：
An Infinite Alternative / 2.3.4：
Inference / 2.4：
Hierarchical Coarse-to-Fine Pruning / 2.4.1：
Objective Functions for Parsing / 2.4.2：
Additional Experiments / 2.5：
Baseline Grammar Variation / 2.5.1：
Final Results WSJ / 2.5.3：
Multilingual Parsing / 2.5.4：
Corpus Variation / 2.5.5：
Training Size Variation / 2.5.6：
Analysis / 2.6：
Lexical Subcategories / 2.6.1：
Phrasal Subcategories / 2.6.2：
Multilingual Analysis / 2.6.3：
Summary and Future Work / 2.7：
Discriminative Latent Variable Grammars / 3：
Log-Linear Latent Variable Grammars / 3.1：
Single-Scale Discriminative Grammars / 3.3：
Efficient Discriminative Estimation / 3.3.1：
Experiments / 3.3.2：
Multi-scale Discriminative Grammars / 3.4：
Hierarchical Refinement / 3.4.1：
Learning Sparse Multi-scale Grammars / 3.4.2：
Additional Features / 3.4.3：
Structured Acoustic Models for Speech Recognition / 3.4.4：
Learning / 4.1：
The Hand-Aligned Case / 4.2.1：
Splitting / 4.2.2：
Merging / 4.2.3：
The Automatically-Aligned Case / 4.2.4：
Phone Recognition / 4.3：
Phone Classification / 4.4.2：
Coarse-to-Fine Machine Translation Decoding / 4.5：
Coarse-to-Fine Decoding / 5.1：
Related Work / 5.2.1：
Language Model Projections / 5.2.2：
Multipass Decoding / 5.2.3：
Inversion Transduction Grammars / 5.3：
Learning Coarse Languages / 5.4：
Random Projections / 5.4.1：
Frequency Clustering / 5.4.2：
HMM Clustering / 5.4.3：
JCluster / 5.4.4：
Clustering Results / 5.4.5：
Clustering / 5.5：
Spacing / 5.5.2：
Encoding Versus Order / 5.5.3：
Final Results / 5.5.4：
Search Error Analysis / 5.5.5：
Conclusions and Future Work / 5.6：
References
Introduction / 1：
Coarse-to-Fine Models / 1.1：
Coarse-to-Fine Inference / 1.2：
2.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
2. Micro and Nano Sulfide Solid Lubrication
Haidou Wang, Binshi Xu
出版情報: SpringerLink Books - AutoHoldings , Dordrecht : Springer Berlin Heidelberg, 2012
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Solid Lubrication Materials / Chapter 1：
Overview of Solid Lubrication / 1.1：
Introduction / 1.1.1：
Adhesive Wear and Scuffing of Metals and Methods of Prevention / 1.1.2：
Solid Lubrication / 1.1.3：
Soft Metal / 1.2：
Crystal Structure / 1.2.1：
Physical and Chemical Properties / 1.2.2：
Lubrication Mechanism / 1.2.3：
Metal Compounds / 1.3：
FeS / 1.3.1：
MoS2 / 1.3.2：
WS2 / 1.3.3：
ZnS / 1.3.4：
Inorganic Solid Lubricant / 1.4：
Graphite / 1.4.1：
BN / 1.4.2：
Organic Solid Lubricant / 1.5：
Polytetrafluoroethylene / 1.5.1：
Polythene / 1.5.2：
Nylon / 1.5.3：
Polyformaldehyde / 1.5.4：
Phenol Formaldehyde Resin / 1.5.5：
Epoxide Resin / 1.5.6：
Conclusion / 1.6：
References
Solid Lubrication FeS Film Prepared by Ion Sulfuration / Chapter 2：
The Microstructure of Solid FeS / 2.1：
Surface Morphologies of Solid FeS / 2.1.1：
Phase Structures of Solid FeS / 2.1.2：
TEM Morphologies of Solid FeS / 2.1.3：
Analysis of Electron Diffraction / 2.1.4：
The Formation of Iron Sulfuration Layer / 2.2：
Experimental Methods / 2.2.1：
Surface Morphologies of Sulfuration Layers / 2.2.2：
Composition on the Sulfurized Steel Surface / 2.2.3：
Phase Structure of Sulfide Layer at Different Sulfurizing Time / 2.2.4：
Formation Mechanism of Sulfurized Layer / 2.2.5：
Characterization of Ion Sulfurized Layer / 2.3：
Characterization of Sulfurized Layer on 1045 and 52100 Steels / 2.3.1：
Characterization of Sulfurized Layer on Four Kinds of Steels / 2.3.2：
Tribological Properties of Sulfurized Layers / 2.4：
Tribological Properties of Sulfurized Layers on 1045 and 52100 Steels / 2.4.1：
Tribological Properties of Sulfide Layer on Four Kinds of Steel / 2.4.2：
Influencing Factors of the Microstructures and Tribological Properties on Sulfurized Layers / 2.5：
Effect of the Substrate State on the Sulfide Layer on 1045 Steel / 2.5.1：
Effect of Environment Temperature on the Sulfurized Layer on 52100 Steel / 2.5.2：
Effect of Wear Conditions on the Tribological Behaviors of Sulfurized Layer on 52100 Steel / 2.5.3：
FeS Solid Lubrication Film Prepared by a Two-step Method / Chapter 3：
Radio-frequency (RF) Sputtering + Sulfurizing Combined Treatment / 3.1：
RF Sputtering Technology / 3.1.1：
Process of Preparation / 3.1.2：
Microstructures / 3.1.3：
Tribological Properties / 3.1.4：
Shot-peening + Ion Sulfuration Combined Treatment / 3.2：
Preparation / 3.2.1：
Characterization / 3.2.2：
Tribological Properties of Sulfide Layer / 3.2.3：
Nitriding + Sulfurizing Combined Treatment / 3.3：
1045 Steel Nitriding + Sulfurizing Combined Treatment / 3.3.1：
Gray Cast-iron Nitriding + Sulfurizing Combined Treatment / 3.3.2：
Nitrocarburizing + Sulfurizing Combined Treatment / 3.4：
Thermal Spraying 3Crl3 Steel Coating + Sulfurizing Combined Treatment / 3.5：
Arc Spraying Technology / 3.5.1：
High-velocity Arc Spraying / 3.5.2：
Thermal Spraying FeCrBSi + Sulfurizing Combined Treatment / 3.5.3：
MTG (metal inert-gas) Welding + Sulfurizing Combined Treatment / 3.6.1：
MIG Welding Technology / 3.7.1：
Structures / 3.7.2：
Mechanism of FeS Film Prepared by Different Methods / 3.7.4：
FeS Solid Lubrication Layer Prepared by Other Methods / Chapter 4：
High-velocity Flame Sprayed FeS Coating / 4.1：
High-velocity Flame Spraying Technology / 4.1.1：
Tribological Properties of FeS Coating / 4.1.2：
Lubrication Mechanism of Sprayed FeS Coating / 4.1.5：
Plasma Sprayed FeS and FeS2 Coatings / 4.2：
Plasma Spraying Technique / 4.2.1：
Preparation of FeS (FeS2) Coating / 4.2.2：
Characterization of FeS (FeS2) Coating / 4.2.3：
Tribological Properties of FeS (FeS2) Coating / 4.2.4：
Plasma Sprayed Nano-FeS and FeS-SiC Composite Coating / 4.3：
Plasma Sprayed Nano-FeS Coating / 4.3.1：
Sprayed FeS-SiC Composite Coating / 4.3.2：
Comparison of the Tribological Properties of Ion Sulfurized Layer and Plasma Sprayed FeS Coating / 4.4：
Experimental Method / 4.4.1：
Microstructure and Tribological Properties / 4.4.2：
Sol-gel FeS Coating / 4.5：
FeS Film Prepared by S-ion Implantation / 4.5.1：
Ion Implantation Technology / 4.6.1：
Tribological Properties of Sulfur-implanted Steel / 4.6.2：
Micron-nano MoS2 Solid Lubrication Film / Chapter 5：
MoS2 Film / 5.1：
MoS2 Sputtering Film / 5.1.1：
MoS2 Film Prepared by Two-step Method / 5.1.2：
Thermal Spraying MoS2 Film / 5.1.3：
Bonded MoS2 Film / 5.1.4：
Inorganic Fullerene-like Nano MoS2 Film / 5.1.5：
MoS2/metal Co-deposition / 5.2：
MoS2/Ni Composite Film / 5.2.1：
MoS2/Ti Composite Film / 5.2.2：
MoS2/Au Co-sputtered Film / 5.2.3：
MoS2/Metal Compound Composite Film / 5.3：
MoS2/TiN Composite Film / 5.3.1：
MoS2/Pb2O3 Composite Film / 5.3.2：
MoS2/LaF3 Composite Film / 5.3.3：
MoS2/FeS Multilayer Film / 5.3.4：
MoS2/graphite Sputtered Coating / 5.4：
Micron-nano WS2 Solid Lubrication Film / Chapter 6：
WS2Film / 6.1：
Characterizations of the Synthetic WS2 Film / 6.1.1：
Tribological Properties of the Synthetic WS2 Film / 6.1.2：
WS2/Ag Composite Film / 6.2：
Structures of WS2/Ag Composite Film / 6.2.1：
Tribological Properties of the WS2/Ag Composite Film / 6.2.2：
WS2/MoS2 Multilayer Film / 6.3：
WS2/MoS2 Co-sputtered Film / 6.3.1：
WS2/MoS2 Multilayer Film Prepared by Combined Treatment / 6.3.2：
WS2/CaF2 Composite Coating / 6.4：
Ni-P-(IF-WS2) Composite Film / 6.5：
Micron-nano ZnS Solid Lubrication Film / Chapter 7：
ZnS Film Prepared by High Velocity Arc Spraying + Sulfurizing Treatment / 7.1：
Characterizations / 7.1.1：
Tribe-logical Properties / 7.1.3：
Lubrication Mechanisms of the Zn/ZnS Composite Layer / 7.1.4：
ZnS Film Prepared by Nano-brush Plating + Sulfurizing Treatment / 7.2：
Morphologies / 7.2.1：
Friction Coefficient / 7.2.3：
Worn Morphologies / 7.2.4：
Energy Spectrum Analysis / 7.2.5：
Index / 7.3：
Solid Lubrication Materials / Chapter 1：
Overview of Solid Lubrication / 1.1：
Introduction / 1.1.1：
3.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
3. Geometric Optimal Control
Heinz Schättler, Urszula Ledzewicz
出版情報: SpringerLink Books - AutoHoldings , Dordrecht : Springer New York, 2012
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
The Calculus of Variations: A Historical Perspective / 1：
The Brachistochrone Problem / 1.1：
The Euler-Lagrange Equation / 1.2：
Surfaces of Revolution of Minimum Area / 1.3：
The Legendre and Jacobi Conditions / 1.4：
The Geometry of Conjugate Points and Envelopes / 1.5：
Fields of Extremals and the Weierstrass Condition / 1.6：
Optimal Solutions for the Minimum Surfaces of Revolution / 1.7：
Optimality of the Cycloids for the Brachistochrone Problem / 1.8：
The Hamilton-Jacobi Equation / 1.9：
From the Calculus of Variations to Optimal Control / 1.10：
Notes / 1.11：
The Pontryagin Maximum Principle: From Necessary Conditions to the Construction of an Optimal Solution / 2：
Linear-Quadratic Optimal Control / 2.1：
Optimal Control Problems / 2.2：
Control Systems / 2.2.1：
The Pontryagin Maximum Principle / 2.2.2：
The Simplest Problem in the Calculus of Variations in Rn / 2.3：
The Linear-Quadratic Regulator Revisited / 2.4：
A Derivation of the Optimal Control from the Maximum Principle / 2.4.1：
Two Scalar Examples: / 2.4.2：
Time-Optimal Control for Linear Time-Invariant Systems / 2.5：
Time-Optimal Control for Planar Linear Time-Invariant Systems: Examples / 2.6：
The Double Integrator / 2.6.1：
A Hyperbolic Saddle / 2.6.2：
An Unstable Node / 2.6.3：
The Harmonic Oscillator / 2.6.4：
Extensions of the Model: Two Examples / 2.7：
An Economic Trading Model / 2.7.1：
The Moon-Landing Problem / 2.7.2：
Singular Controls and Lie Derivatives / 2.8：
Time-Optimal Control for a Single-Input Control-Affine Nonlinear System / 2.8.1：
The Switching Function and Singular Controls / 2.8.2：
Lie Derivatives and the Lie Bracket / 2.8.3：
The Order of a Singular Control and the Legendre-Clebsch Conditions / 2.8.4：
Multi-input Systems and the Goh Condition / 2.8.5：
Time-Optimal Control for Nonlinear Systems in the Plane / 2.9：
Optimal Bang-Bang Controls in the Simple Subcases / 2.9.1：
Fast and Slow Singular Arcs / 2.9.2：
Optimal Bang-Bang Trajectories near a Slow Singular Arc / 2.9.3：
Input Symmetries and Codimension-2 Cases in the Plane / 2.10：
Input Symmetries / 2.10.1：
Saturating Singular Arcs / 2.10.2：
Chattering Arcs: The Fuller Problem / 2.11：
The Fuller Problem as a Time-Optimal Control Problem in R3 / 2.11.1：
Elementary Properties of Extremals / 2.11.2：
Symmetries of Extremals / 2.11.3：
A Synthesis of Invariant Extremals / 2.11.4：
Reachable Sets of Linear Time-Invariant Systems: From Convex Sets to the Bang-Bang Theorem / 2.12：
Elementary Theory of Convex Sets / 3.1：
Weak Convergence in L1(I) / 3.2：
Topological Properties of Reachable Sets / 3.3：
The General Bang-Bang Theorem / 3.4：
Boundary Trajectories and Small-Time Local Controllability / 3.5：
The Bang-Bang Theorem for Compact Polyhedra / 3.6：
The High-Order Maximum Principle: From Approximations of Reachable Sets to High-Order Necessary Conditions for Optimality / 3.7：
Boltyansky Approximating Cones / 4.1：
Proof of the Pontryagin Maximum Principle / 4.2：
Tangent Vectors to the Reachable Set / 4.2.1：
Construction of an Approximating Cone / 4.2.2：
Boundary Trajectories / 4.2.3：
Necessary Conditions for Optimality / 4.2.4：
Control Systems on Manifolds: Definition and Examples / 4.3：
Shortest Paths on a Sphere / 4.3.1：
Control of a Rigid Body / 4.3.2：
Trajectory Planning for Redundant Robotic Manipulators / 4.3.3：
The High-Order Maximum Principle / 4.4：
Embeddings and Point Variations / 4.4.1：
Variational Vector and Covector Fields / 4.4.2：
C1-Extendable Variations / 4.4.3：
Exponential Representations of Flows / 4.4.4：
High-Order Necessary Conditions for Optimality / 4.6：
The Legendre-Clebsch Condition / 4.6.1：
The Kelley Condition / 4.6.2：
The Goh Condition for Multi-input Systems / 4.6.3：
The Method of Characteristics: A Geometric Approach to Sufficient Conditions for a Local Minimum / 4.7：
The Value Function and the Hamilton-Jacobi-Bellman Equation / 5.1：
Parameterized Families of Extremals and the Shadow-Price Lemma / 5.2：
Parameterized Families of Extremals / 5.2.1：
The Shadow-Price Lemma and Solutions to the Hamilton-Jacobi-Bellman Equation / 5.2.2：
The Fuller Problem Revisited / 5.2.3：
Neighboring Extremals and Sufficient Conditions for a Local Minimum / 5.3：
A Canonical Parameterized Family of Extremals / 5.3.1：
Perturbation Feedback Control and Regularity of the Flow F / 5.3.2：
Fold Singularities and Conjugate Points / 5.4：
Classical Envelopes / 5.4.1：
The Hilbert Invariant Integral and Control Envelopes / 5.4.2：
Lyapunov-Schmidt Reduction and the Geometry of Fold Singularities / 5.4.3：
The Geometry of the Flow F and the Graph of the Value Function Vε near a Fold Singular Point / 5.4.4：
Simple Cusp Singularities and Cut-Loci / 5.5：
Synthesis of Optimal Controlled Trajectories: From Local to Global Solutions / 5.6：
Parameterized Families of Broken Extremals / 6.1：
Concatenations of Parameterized Families of Extremals / 6.1.1：
Transversal Crossings / 6.1.2：
Transversal Folds / 6.1.3：
Local Analysis of a Flow of Broken Extremals / 6.1.4：
A Mathematical Model for Tumor Antiangiogenic Treatment / 6.2：
Preliminary Analysis of Extremals / 6.2.1：
Singular Control and Singular Arcs / 6.2.2：
A Family of Broken Extremals with Singular Arcs / 6.2.3：
Analysis of the Corresponding Flow and Value Function / 6.2.4：
Sufficient Conditions for a Global Minimum: Syntheses of Optimal Controlled Trajectories / 6.3：
Control-Affine Systems in Low Dimensions: From Small-Time Reachable Sets to Time-Optimal Syntheses / 6.4：
Basic Topological Properties of Small-Time Reachable Sets / 7.1：
Small-Time Reachable Sets in Dimension 2 / 7.2：
Small-Time Reachable Sets in Dimension 3 / 7.3：
Boundary Trajectories in Dimension 3: Lobry's Example / 7.3.1：
Small-Time Reachable Sets under Codimension-0 Assumptions / 7.3.2：
From Boundary Trajectories in Dimension 4 to Time-Optimal Control in R3 / 7.4：
Boundary Trajectories in Dimension 4 under Codimension-0 Assumptions / 7.4.1：
Construction of a Local Time-Optimal Synthesis to an Equilibrium Point in Dimension 3 / 7.4.2：
The Codimension-1 Case in Dimension 4: Saturating Singular Arcs / 7.5：
A Review of Some Basic Results from Advanced Calculus / 7.6：
Topology and Convergence in Normed Vector Spaces / A.1：
Uniform Convergence and the Banach Space C(K) / A.2：
Differentiable Mappings and the Implicit Function Theorem / A.3：
Regular and Singular Values: Sard's Theorem / A.4：
Ordinary Differential Equations / B：
Existence and Uniqueness of Solutions of Ordinary Differential Equations / B.1：
Dependence of Solutions on Initial Conditions and Parameters / B.2：
An Introduction to Differentiable Manifolds / C：
Embedded Submanifolds of Rk / C.1：
Manifolds: The General Case / C.2：
Tangent and Cotangent Spaces / C.3：
Vector Fields and Lie Brackets / C.4：
Some Facts from Real Analysis / D：
Lebesgue Measure and Lebesgue Measurable Functions in Rn / D.1：
The Lebesgue Integral in Rn / D.2：
Lp-Spaces / D.3：
Solutions to Ordinary Differential Equations with Lebesgue Measurable Right-Hand Sides / D.4：
References
Index
The Calculus of Variations: A Historical Perspective / 1：
The Brachistochrone Problem / 1.1：
The Euler-Lagrange Equation / 1.2：
4.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
4. Embedded systems security : practical methods for safe and secure software and systems development
David Kleidermacher, Mike Kleidermacher
出版情報: Elsevier ScienceDirect Books , Burlington : Newnes, 2012
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Foreword
Preface
Acknowledgements
Introduction to Embedded Systems Security / Chapter 1：
What is Security? / 1.1：
What is an Embedded System? / 1.2：
Embedded Security Trends / 1.3：
Embedded Systems Complexity / 1.3.1：
Network Connectivity / 1.3.2：
Reliance on Embedded Systems for Critical Infrastructure / 1.3.3：
Sophisticated Attackers / 1.3.4：
Processor Consolidation / 1.3.5：
Security Policies / 1.4：
Perfect Security / 1.4.1：
Confidentiality, Integrity, and Availability / 1.4.2：
Isolation / 1.4.3：
Information Flow Control / 1.4.4：
Physical Security Policies / 1.4.5：
Apphcation-Specific Policies / 1.4.6：
Security Threats / 1.5：
Case Study: VxWorks Debug Port Vulnerability / 1.5.1：
Wrap-up / 1.6：
Key Points / 1.7：
Bibliography and Notes / 1.8：
Systems Software Considerations / Chapter 2：
The Role of the Operating System / 2.1：
Multiple Independent Levels of Security / 2.2：
Information Flow / 2.2.1：
Data Isolation / 2.2.2：
Damage Limitation / 2.2.3：
Periods Processing / 2.2.4：
Always Invoked / 2.2.5：
Tamper Proof / 2.2.6：
Evaluable / 2.2.7：
Microkernel versus Monolith / 2.3：
Case Study: The Duqu Virus / 2.3.1：
Core Embedded Operating System Security Requirements / 2.4：
Memory Protection / 2.4.1：
Virtual Memory / 2.4.2：
Fault Recovery / 2.4.3：
Guaranteed Resources / 2.4.4：
Virtual Device Drivers / 2.4.5：
Impact of Determinism / 2.4.6：
Secure Scheduling / 2.4.7：
Access Control and Capabilities / 2.5：
Case Study: Secure Web Browser / 2.5.1：
Granularity versus Simplicity of Access Controls / 2.5.2：
Whitelists versus Blacklists / 2.5.3：
Confused Deputy Problem / 2.5.4：
Capabilities versus Access Control Lists / 2.5.5：
Capability Confinement and Revocation / 2.5.6：
Secure Design Using Capabilities / 2.5.7：
Hypervisors and System Virtualization / 2.6：
Introduction to System Virtualization / 2.6.1：
Applications of System Virtualization / 2.6.2：
Environment Sandboxing / 2.6.3：
Virtual Security Appliances / 2.6.4：
Hypervisor Architectures / 2.6.5：
Paravirtualization / 2.6.6：
Leveraging Hardware Assists for Virtualization / 2.6.7：
Hypervisor Security / 2.6.8：
I/O Virtualization / 2.7：
The Need for Shared I/O / 2.7.1：
Emulation / 2.7.2：
Pass-through / 2.7.3：
Shared IOMMU / 2.7.4：
IOMMUs and Virtual Device Drivers / 2.7.5：
Secure I/O Virtualization within Microkernels / 2.7.6：
Remote Management / 2.8：
Security Implications / 2.8.1：
Assuring Integrity of the TCB / 2.9：
Trusted Hardware and Supply Chain / 2.9.1：
Secure Boot / 2.9.2：
Static versus Dynamic Root of Trust / 2.9.3：
Remote Attestation / 2.9.4：
Secure Embedded Software Development / 2.10：
Introduction to PHASE-Principles of High-Assurance Software Engineering / 3.1：
Minimal Implementation / 3.2：
Component Architecture / 3.3：
Runtime Componentization / 3.3.1：
A Note on Processes versus Threads / 3.3.2：
Least Privilege / 3.4：
Secure Development Process / 3.5：
Change Management / 3.5.1：
Peer Reviews / 3.5.2：
Development Tool Security / 3.5.3：
Secure Coding / 3.5.4：
Software Testing and Verification / 3.5.5：
Development Process Efficiency / 3.5.6：
Independent Expert Validation / 3.6：
Common Criteria / 3.6.1：
Case Study: Operating System Protection Profiles / 3.6.2：
Case Study: HAWS-High-Assurance Web Server / 3.7：
Model-Driven Design / 3.7.1：
Introduction to MDD / 3.8.1：
Executable Models / 3.8.2：
Modeling Languages / 3.8.3：
Types of MDD Platforms / 3.8.4：
Case Study: A Digital Pathology Scanner / 3.8.5：
Selecting an MDD Platform / 3.8.6：
Using MDD in Safety-and Security-Critical Systems / 3.8.7：
Embedded Cryptography / 3.9：
Introduction / 4.1：
U.S. Government Cryptographic Guidance / 4.2：
NSA Suite B / 4.2.1：
The One-Time Pad / 4.3：
Cryptographic Synchronization / 4.3.1：
Cryptographic Modes / 4.4：
Output Feedback / 4.4.1：
Cipher Feedback / 4.4.2：
OFB with CFB Protection / 4.4.3：
Traffic Flow Security / 4.4.4：
Counter Mode / 4.4.5：
Block Ciphers / 4.5：
Additional Cryptographic Block Cipher Modes / 4.5.1：
Authenticated Encryption / 4.6：
CCM / 4.6.1：
Galois Counter Mode / 4.6.2：
Public Key Cryptography / 4.7：
RSA / 4.7.1：
Equivalent Key Strength / 4.7.2：
Trapdoor Construction / 4.7.3：
Key Agreement / 4.8：
Man-in-the-Middle Attack on Diffie-Hellman / 4.8.1：
Public Key Authentication / 4.9：
Certificate Types / 4.9.1：
Elliptic Curve Cryptography / 4.10：
Elliptic Curve Digital Signatures / 4.10.1：
Elliptic Curve Anonymous Key Agreement / 4.10.2：
Cryptographic Hashes / 4.11：
Secure Hash Algorithm / 4.11.1：
MMO / 4.11.2：
Message Authentication Codes / 4.12：
Random Number Generation / 4.13：
True Random Number Generation / 4.13.1：
Pseudo-Random Number Generation / 4.13.2：
Key Management for Embedded Systems / 4.14：
Case Study: The Walker Spy Case / 4.14.1：
Key Management-Generalized Model / 4.14.2：
Key Management Case Studies / 4.14.3：
Cryptographic Certifications / 4.15：
FIPS 140-2 Certification / 4.15.1：
NSA Certification / 4.15.2：
Data Protection Protocols for Embedded Systems / 4.16：
Data-in-Motion Protocols / 5.1：
Generalized Model / 5.2.1：
Choosing the Network Layer for Security / 5.2.2：
Ethernet Security Protocols / 5.2.3：
BPsec versus SSL / 5.2.4：
IPsec / 5.2.5：
SSL/TLS / 5.2.6：
Embedded VPN Clients / 5.2.7：
DTLS / 5.2.8：
SSH / 5.2.9：
Custom Network Security Protocols / 5.2.10：
Application of Cryptography within Network Security Protocols / 5 2.11：
Secure Multimedia Protocols / 5.2.12：
Broadcast Security / 5.2.13：
Data-at-Rest Protocols / 5.3：
Choosing the Storage Layer for Security / 5.3.1：
Symmetric Encryption Algorithm Selection / 5.3.2：
Managing the Storage Encryption Key / 5 3 3：
Advanced Threats to Data Encryption Solutions / 5.3.4：
Emerging Applications / 5.4：
Embedded Network Transactions / 6.1：
Anatomy of a Network Transaction / 6.1.1：
State of Insecurity / 6.1.2：
Network-based Transaction Threats / 6 1 3：
Modern Attempts to Improve Network Transaction Security / 6.1.4：
Trustworthy Embedded Transaction Architecture / 6.1.5：
Automotive Security / 6.2：
Vehicular Security Threats and Mitigations / 6.2.1：
Secure Android / 6.3：
Android Security Retrospective / 6.3.1：
Android Device Rooting / 6.3.2：
Mobile Phone Data Protection: A Case Study of Defense-in-Depth / 6.3.3：
Android Sandboxing Approaches / 6.3.4：
Next-Generation Software-Defined Radio / 6.4：
Red-Black Separation / 6.4.1：
Software-Defined Radio Architecture / 6.4.2：
Enter Linux / 6.4.3：
Multi-Domain Radio / 6.4.4：
Index / 6.5：
Foreword
Preface
Acknowledgements
5.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
5. Embedded systems security : practical methods for safe and secure software and systems development
David Kleidermacher, Mike Kleidermacher
出版情報: Elsevier ScienceDirect Books Complete , Burlington : Newnes, 2012
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Foreword
Preface
Acknowledgements
Introduction to Embedded Systems Security / Chapter 1：
What is Security? / 1.1：
What is an Embedded System? / 1.2：
Embedded Security Trends / 1.3：
Embedded Systems Complexity / 1.3.1：
Network Connectivity / 1.3.2：
Reliance on Embedded Systems for Critical Infrastructure / 1.3.3：
Sophisticated Attackers / 1.3.4：
Processor Consolidation / 1.3.5：
Security Policies / 1.4：
Perfect Security / 1.4.1：
Confidentiality, Integrity, and Availability / 1.4.2：
Isolation / 1.4.3：
Information Flow Control / 1.4.4：
Physical Security Policies / 1.4.5：
Apphcation-Specific Policies / 1.4.6：
Security Threats / 1.5：
Case Study: VxWorks Debug Port Vulnerability / 1.5.1：
Wrap-up / 1.6：
Key Points / 1.7：
Bibliography and Notes / 1.8：
Systems Software Considerations / Chapter 2：
The Role of the Operating System / 2.1：
Multiple Independent Levels of Security / 2.2：
Information Flow / 2.2.1：
Data Isolation / 2.2.2：
Damage Limitation / 2.2.3：
Periods Processing / 2.2.4：
Always Invoked / 2.2.5：
Tamper Proof / 2.2.6：
Evaluable / 2.2.7：
Microkernel versus Monolith / 2.3：
Case Study: The Duqu Virus / 2.3.1：
Core Embedded Operating System Security Requirements / 2.4：
Memory Protection / 2.4.1：
Virtual Memory / 2.4.2：
Fault Recovery / 2.4.3：
Guaranteed Resources / 2.4.4：
Virtual Device Drivers / 2.4.5：
Impact of Determinism / 2.4.6：
Secure Scheduling / 2.4.7：
Access Control and Capabilities / 2.5：
Case Study: Secure Web Browser / 2.5.1：
Granularity versus Simplicity of Access Controls / 2.5.2：
Whitelists versus Blacklists / 2.5.3：
Confused Deputy Problem / 2.5.4：
Capabilities versus Access Control Lists / 2.5.5：
Capability Confinement and Revocation / 2.5.6：
Secure Design Using Capabilities / 2.5.7：
Hypervisors and System Virtualization / 2.6：
Introduction to System Virtualization / 2.6.1：
Applications of System Virtualization / 2.6.2：
Environment Sandboxing / 2.6.3：
Virtual Security Appliances / 2.6.4：
Hypervisor Architectures / 2.6.5：
Paravirtualization / 2.6.6：
Leveraging Hardware Assists for Virtualization / 2.6.7：
Hypervisor Security / 2.6.8：
I/O Virtualization / 2.7：
The Need for Shared I/O / 2.7.1：
Emulation / 2.7.2：
Pass-through / 2.7.3：
Shared IOMMU / 2.7.4：
IOMMUs and Virtual Device Drivers / 2.7.5：
Secure I/O Virtualization within Microkernels / 2.7.6：
Remote Management / 2.8：
Security Implications / 2.8.1：
Assuring Integrity of the TCB / 2.9：
Trusted Hardware and Supply Chain / 2.9.1：
Secure Boot / 2.9.2：
Static versus Dynamic Root of Trust / 2.9.3：
Remote Attestation / 2.9.4：
Secure Embedded Software Development / 2.10：
Introduction to PHASE-Principles of High-Assurance Software Engineering / 3.1：
Minimal Implementation / 3.2：
Component Architecture / 3.3：
Runtime Componentization / 3.3.1：
A Note on Processes versus Threads / 3.3.2：
Least Privilege / 3.4：
Secure Development Process / 3.5：
Change Management / 3.5.1：
Peer Reviews / 3.5.2：
Development Tool Security / 3.5.3：
Secure Coding / 3.5.4：
Software Testing and Verification / 3.5.5：
Development Process Efficiency / 3.5.6：
Independent Expert Validation / 3.6：
Common Criteria / 3.6.1：
Case Study: Operating System Protection Profiles / 3.6.2：
Case Study: HAWS-High-Assurance Web Server / 3.7：
Model-Driven Design / 3.7.1：
Introduction to MDD / 3.8.1：
Executable Models / 3.8.2：
Modeling Languages / 3.8.3：
Types of MDD Platforms / 3.8.4：
Case Study: A Digital Pathology Scanner / 3.8.5：
Selecting an MDD Platform / 3.8.6：
Using MDD in Safety-and Security-Critical Systems / 3.8.7：
Embedded Cryptography / 3.9：
Introduction / 4.1：
U.S. Government Cryptographic Guidance / 4.2：
NSA Suite B / 4.2.1：
The One-Time Pad / 4.3：
Cryptographic Synchronization / 4.3.1：
Cryptographic Modes / 4.4：
Output Feedback / 4.4.1：
Cipher Feedback / 4.4.2：
OFB with CFB Protection / 4.4.3：
Traffic Flow Security / 4.4.4：
Counter Mode / 4.4.5：
Block Ciphers / 4.5：
Additional Cryptographic Block Cipher Modes / 4.5.1：
Authenticated Encryption / 4.6：
CCM / 4.6.1：
Galois Counter Mode / 4.6.2：
Public Key Cryptography / 4.7：
RSA / 4.7.1：
Equivalent Key Strength / 4.7.2：
Trapdoor Construction / 4.7.3：
Key Agreement / 4.8：
Man-in-the-Middle Attack on Diffie-Hellman / 4.8.1：
Public Key Authentication / 4.9：
Certificate Types / 4.9.1：
Elliptic Curve Cryptography / 4.10：
Elliptic Curve Digital Signatures / 4.10.1：
Elliptic Curve Anonymous Key Agreement / 4.10.2：
Cryptographic Hashes / 4.11：
Secure Hash Algorithm / 4.11.1：
MMO / 4.11.2：
Message Authentication Codes / 4.12：
Random Number Generation / 4.13：
True Random Number Generation / 4.13.1：
Pseudo-Random Number Generation / 4.13.2：
Key Management for Embedded Systems / 4.14：
Case Study: The Walker Spy Case / 4.14.1：
Key Management-Generalized Model / 4.14.2：
Key Management Case Studies / 4.14.3：
Cryptographic Certifications / 4.15：
FIPS 140-2 Certification / 4.15.1：
NSA Certification / 4.15.2：
Data Protection Protocols for Embedded Systems / 4.16：
Data-in-Motion Protocols / 5.1：
Generalized Model / 5.2.1：
Choosing the Network Layer for Security / 5.2.2：
Ethernet Security Protocols / 5.2.3：
BPsec versus SSL / 5.2.4：
IPsec / 5.2.5：
SSL/TLS / 5.2.6：
Embedded VPN Clients / 5.2.7：
DTLS / 5.2.8：
SSH / 5.2.9：
Custom Network Security Protocols / 5.2.10：
Application of Cryptography within Network Security Protocols / 5 2.11：
Secure Multimedia Protocols / 5.2.12：
Broadcast Security / 5.2.13：
Data-at-Rest Protocols / 5.3：
Choosing the Storage Layer for Security / 5.3.1：
Symmetric Encryption Algorithm Selection / 5.3.2：
Managing the Storage Encryption Key / 5 3 3：
Advanced Threats to Data Encryption Solutions / 5.3.4：
Emerging Applications / 5.4：
Embedded Network Transactions / 6.1：
Anatomy of a Network Transaction / 6.1.1：
State of Insecurity / 6.1.2：
Network-based Transaction Threats / 6 1 3：
Modern Attempts to Improve Network Transaction Security / 6.1.4：
Trustworthy Embedded Transaction Architecture / 6.1.5：
Automotive Security / 6.2：
Vehicular Security Threats and Mitigations / 6.2.1：
Secure Android / 6.3：
Android Security Retrospective / 6.3.1：
Android Device Rooting / 6.3.2：
Mobile Phone Data Protection: A Case Study of Defense-in-Depth / 6.3.3：
Android Sandboxing Approaches / 6.3.4：
Next-Generation Software-Defined Radio / 6.4：
Red-Black Separation / 6.4.1：
Software-Defined Radio Architecture / 6.4.2：
Enter Linux / 6.4.3：
Multi-Domain Radio / 6.4.4：
Index / 6.5：
Foreword
Preface
Acknowledgements
6.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
6. Approximation Methods for Polynomial Optimization
Zhening Li, Simai He
出版情報: SpringerLink Books - AutoHoldings , Dordrecht : Springer New York, 2012
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introduction / 1：
History / 1.1：
Applications / 1.1.1：
Algorithms / 1.1.2：
Contributions / 1.2：
Notations and Models / 1.3：
Objective Functions / 1.3.1：
Constraint Sets / 1.3.2：
Models and Organization / 1.3.3：
Preliminary / 1.4：
Tensor Operations / 1.4.1：
Approximation Algorithms / 1.4.2：
Randomized Algorithms / 1.4.3：
Semidefinite Programming Relaxation and Randomization / 1.4.4：
Polynomial Optimization Over the Euclidean Ball / 2：
Multilinear Form / 2.1：
Computational Complexity / 2.1.1：
Cubic Case / 2.1.2：
General Fixed Degree / 2.1.3：
Homogeneous Form / 2.2：
Link Between Multilinear Form and Homogeneous Form / 2.2.1：
The Odd Degree Case / 2.2.2：
The Even Degree Case / 2.2.3：
Mixed Form / 2.3：
Complexity and a Step-by-Step Adjustment / 2.3.1：
Extended Link Between Multilinear Form and Mixed Form / 2.3.2：
Inhomogeneous Polynomial / 2.4：
Homogenization / 2.4.1：
Multilinear Form Relaxation / 2.4.2：
Adjusting the Homogenizing Components / 2.4.3：
Feasible Solution Assembling / 2.4.4：
Extensions of the Constraint Sets / 3：
Hypercube and Binary Hypercube / 3.1：
Hypercube / 3.1.1：
The Euclidean Sphere / 3.2：
Intersection of Co-centered Ellipsoids / 3.3：
Convex Compact Set / 3.3.1：
Mixture of Binary Hypercube and the Euclidean Sphere / 3.5：
Homogeneous Polynomial Optimization Over the Euclidean Sphere / 3.5.1：
Singular Values of Trilinear Forms / 4.1.1：
Rank-One Approximation of Tensors / 4.1.2：
Eigenvalues and Approximation of Tensors / 4.1.3：
Density Approximation in Quantum Physics / 4.1.4：
Inhomogeneous Polynomial Optimization Over a General Set / 4.2：
Portfolio Selection with Higher Moments / 4.2.1：
Sensor Network Localization / 4.2.2：
Discrete Polynomial Optimization / 4.3：
The Cut-Norm of Tensors / 4.3.1：
Maximum Complete Satisfiability / 4.3.2：
Box-Constrained Diophantine Equation / 4.3.3：
Mixed Integer Programming / 4.4：
Matrix Combinatorial Problem / 4.4.1：
Vector-Valued Maximum Cut / 4.4.2：
Concluding Remarks / 5：
References
Introduction / 1：
History / 1.1：
Applications / 1.1.1：
7.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
7. Antenna Theory and Applications
Hubregt J. Visser
出版情報: Wiley Online Library - AutoHoldings Books , Hoboken : Wiley Telecom, 2012
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Acknowledgements
List of Abbreviations
Introduction / 1：
The Early History of Antennas / 1.1：
Antennas and Electromagnetic Radiation / 1.2：
Electromagnetic Radiation / 1.2.1：
Short Wire Dipole Radiation / 1.2.2：
The Modern History of Antennas / 1.3：
Frequency Spectrum and Antenna Types / 1.4：
Dipole Antennas / 1.4.1：
Loop Antennas / 1.4.2：
Aperture Antennas / 1.4.3：
Reflector Antennas / 1.4.4：
Array Antennas / 1.4.5：
Modem Antennas / 1.4.6：
Organization of the Book / 1.5：
Problems / 1.6：
References
Antenna System-Level Performance Parameters / 2：
Radiation Pattern / 2.1：
Field Regions / 2.1.1：
Three-Dimensional Radiation Pattern / 2.1.2：
Planar Cuts / 2.1.3：
Power Patterns / 2.1.4：
Directivity and Gain / 2.1.5：
Antenna Beamwidth / 2.1.6：
Antenna Impedance and Bandwidth / 2.2：
Polarization / 2.3：
Elliptical Polarization / 2.3.1：
Circular Polarization / 2.3.2：
Linear Polarization / 2.3.3：
Axial Ratio / 2.3.4：
Antenna Effective Area and Vector Effective Length / 2.4：
Effective Area / 2.4.1：
Vector Effective Length / 2.4.2：
Radio Equation / 2.5：
Radar Equation / 2.6：
Radar Cross-Section / 2.6.1：
Vector Analysis / 2.7：
Addition and Subtraction / 3.1：
Products / 3.2：
Scalar Product or Dot Product / 3.2.1：
Vector Product or Cross Product / 3.2.2：
Triple Product / 3.2.3：
Differentiation / 3.3：
Gradient / 3.3.1：
Divergence / 3.3.2：
Curl / 3.3.3：
Radiated Fields / 3.4：
Maxwell Equations / 4.1：
Vector Potential / 4.2：
Far-Field Approximations / 4.3：
Magnetic Field / 4.3.1：
Electric Field / 4.3.2：
Reciprocity / 4.4：
Lorentz Reciprocity Theorem / 4.4.1：
Antenna Reciprocity / 4.4.2：
Elementary Dipole / 4.5：
Radiation / 5.1.1：
Input Impedance / 5.1.2：
Non-Infinitesimal Dipole Antenna / 5.2：
Printed Monopole and Inverted-F Antennas / 5.2.1：
Application of Theory / 5.3.1：
Planar Monopole Antenna Design / 5.3.2：
Printed UWB Antenna Design / 5.3.3：
Miniature Monopole with Cable Current Suppression / 5.3.4：
Inverted-F Antenna Design / 5.3.5：
General Constant Current Loop / 5.4：
Small Loop Antenna / 6.1.1：
Comparison of Short Dipole and Small Loop Antenna / 6.1.4：
Printed Loop Antenna / 6.2：
Design of a Printed Loop Antenna / 6.2.1：
Magnetic Sources / 6.3：
Uniqueness Theorem / 7.2：
Equivalence Principle / 7.3：
Uniform Distribution in a Rectangular Aperture / 7.4：
Uniform Distribution in a Circular Aperture / 7.6：
Microstrip Antennas / 7.7：
Design of a Linearly Polarized Microstrip Antenna / 7.7.1：
Design of a Circularly Polarized Microstrip Antenna / 7.7.3：
A Linear Array of Non-Isotropic Point-Source Radiators / 7.8：
Array Factor / 8.2：
Side Lobes and Grating Lobes / 8.3：
Side-Lobe Level / 8.3.1：
Grating Lobes / 8.3.2：
Linear Phase Taper / 8.4：
Special Topics / 8.5：
Mutual Coupling / 8.6.1：
Antenna Diversity / 8.6.2：
Sequential Rotation and Phasing / 8.6.3：
Array Antenna Design / 8.7：
Theory / 8.7.1：
A Linear Microstrip Patch Array Antenna / 8.7.2：
Effective Aperture and Directivity / 8.8：
Vector Formulas / Appendix B：
Complex Analysis / Appendix C：
Complex Numbers / C.1：
Use of Complex Variables / C.2：
Physical Constants and Material Parameters / Appendix D：
Two-Port Network Parameters / Appendix E：
Transmission Line Theory / Appendix F：
Distributed Parameters / F.1：
Guided Waves / F.2：
VSWR and Reflection Factor / F.2.1：
Impedance and Relative Impedance / F.2.2：
Input Impedance of a Transmission Line / F.3：
Terminated Lossless Transmission Line / F.4：
Matched Load / F.4.1：
Short Circuit / F.4.2：
Open Circuit / F.4.3：
Imaginary Unit Termination / F.4.4：
Real Termination / F.4.5：
Quarter Wavelength Impedance Transformer / F.5：
Coplanar Waveguide (CPW) / Appendix G：
Index
Preface
Acknowledgements
List of Abbreviations
8.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
8. Bottles, Preforms and Closures
Brandau, Ottmar Brandau, Plastics Design Library.
出版情報: Elsevier ScienceDirect Books , William Andrew Publishing, 2012
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Acknowledgments
Editor's Note
Foreword to the Second Edition
PET Beverage Bottles / 1：
From the First Idea to the Finished Bottle / 1.1：
Development Over the Past 25-30 Years / 1.1.1：
Starting Point of a Product Development / 1.1.2：
Design Engineering / 1.1.3：
Determination of Bottle Properties / 1.2：
Top Load / 1.2.1：
Internal Pressure / 1.2.2：
Handling Stability / 1.2.3：
Stress Cracking / 1.2.4：
Barrier / 1.2.5：
Generating the First Design in CAD / 1.3：
The Bottle Design Already Exists / 1.3.1：
Creation of a New Design / 1.3.2：
From Shape to Full-Fledged Design for a Dependable Process / 1.4：
From the Ideal to the Real Preform / 1.4.1：
Bottle Design for a Dependable Process / 1.4.2：
Verification of the 3D Design Through Finite-element Simulation / 1.5：
What is FEM? / 1.5.1：
What FEM Can Do / 1.5.2：
What FEM Cannot Do / 1.5.3：
Selection of the Mold Concept to Meet Customer-specific Criteria / 1.6：
Shell Molds / 1.6.1：
Hot-fill Molds / 1.6.2：
Mold Design and Mold Manufacture / 1.7：
Mold Design / 1.7.1：
Mold Making / 1.7.2：
Mold Trials and Examination of Sample Bottles / 1.8：
Mold Trials on Laboratory Machines / 1.8.1：
Process Finding During Mold Trials / 1.8.2：
Laboratory Tests on Sample Bottles / 1.8.3：
PET Preforms / 2：
Introduction / 2.1：
Manufacture and States of PET / 2.2：
Manufacture of PET / 2.2.1：
Catalysts / 2.2.2：
PET is a Linear Condensation Polymer / 2.2.3：
Crystallization of PET / 2.2.4：
"Extended Chain" or "Oriented" Crystallization / 2.2.5：
Summary / 2.2.6：
Behavior in the Blow Mold 56 2.3.1 Natural stretch Ratio (or Natural Draw Ratio) / 2.3：
Manufacture of PET Preforms / 2.4：
Drying of PET / 2.4.1：
The Theory of Injection Molding of Preforms / 2.4.2：
Preforms for Single- and Two-stage Processing / 2.5：
Two-stage Process Injection Molding / 2.5.1：
Two-stage Process Blow Molding / 2.5.2：
Single-stage Process / 2.5.3：
Hot Runner Controls / 2.5.4：
Gate Mechanism / 2.5.5：
PET and Infrared Radiation / 2.6：
Practical Guide to Injection Molding of Preforms / 3：
Extrusion and Screw Control / 3.1：
Injection Parameters / 3.2：
Injection Pressure / 3.2.1：
Injection Speed and Time / 3.2.2：
Transition Point / 3.2.3：
Hold Time and Pressure / 3.2.4：
Decompression / 3.2.5：
Cooling Time / 3.2.6：
Gating / 3.2.7：
Postmold Cooling Devices / 3.2.8：
Machine Cycle Improvements / 3.2.9：
Optimizing the Injection Settings / 3.3：
Cycle Time Calculations / 3.4：
Challenges in Thin-wall Molding / 3.5：
Acetaldehyde in PET Bottles / 3.6：
AA Creation / 3.6.1：
AA in Water Bottles / 3.6.2：
AA-level Measurements / 3.6.3：
Injection Tooling / 3.7：
Cooling Issues / 3.8：
Antifreeze / 3.8.1：
Water Flow Balance / 3.8.2：
Tool Wear Issues / 3.9：
Closures for PET Bottles / 4：
Closure History / 4.1：
Closure Functions / 4.1.2：
Different Neck Finishes for Various Applications / 4.2：
Neck Finishes for CSD Bottles / 4.2.1：
Neck Finishes for Still Water Bottles / 4.2.2：
Neck Finishes for Hot-filled Products / 4.2.3：
Necks for Custom Bottles / 4.2.4：
Closure Types / 4.3：
One-piece Closures / 4.3.1：
Two-piece Closures / 4.3.2：
Sports Closures / 4.3.3：
Closures and Shelf Life / 4.3.4：
Multilayer Liners / 4.3.5：
Tamper-evident Bands / 4.4：
Construction Methods / 4.4.1：
Pilfer-proof Rings and Their Construction / 4.4.2：
Resins / 4.5：
Polypropylene / 4.5.1：
High-density Polyethylene / 4.5.2：
Manufacturing Methods / 4.6：
Injection Molding / 4.6.1：
Compression Molding / 4.6.2：
Comparison of TM-CM / 4.6.3：
Economic Guidelines / 4.7：
Test Procedures / 4.8：
Proper Application Test / 4.8.1：
Top-load Vent Test / 4.8.2：
Cold Removal Torque Test / 4.8.3：
Ambient Removal Torque Test / 4.8.4：
Cycle Test at Elevated Temperature / 4.8.5：
Vent/Flow Performance Test / 4.8.6：
Strip Torque Test / 4.8.7：
Carbonation Retention Non-top Load / 4.8.8：
Carbonation Retention at Elevated Temperature / 4.8.9：
Carbonation Retention with Top Load / 4.8.10：
Plastic Ball Impact Test / 4.8.11：
Drop Test / 4.8.12：
General IM Process Parameters for CSD Closures / 4.9：
Injection Time / 4.9.1：
Hold Time / 4.9.2：
Mold Closing and Opening Times / 4.9.3：
Ejection Time and Mold Opening Stroke / 4.9.5：
Plasticizing / 4.9.6：
Delay Times / 4.9.7：
Air Blast / 4.9.8：
Lightweigbing of Bottles and Caps / 4.10：
Lighter Necks / 4.10.1：
Lighter Caps / 4.10.2：
Specific Resins for Closure Production / Appendix A：
Index
Acknowledgments
Editor's Note
Foreword to the Second Edition
9.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
9. Bottles, Preforms and Closures
Brandau, Ottmar Brandau, Plastics Design Library.
出版情報: Elsevier ScienceDirect Books Complete , William Andrew Publishing, 2012
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Acknowledgments
Editor's Note
Foreword to the Second Edition
PET Beverage Bottles / 1：
From the First Idea to the Finished Bottle / 1.1：
Development Over the Past 25-30 Years / 1.1.1：
Starting Point of a Product Development / 1.1.2：
Design Engineering / 1.1.3：
Determination of Bottle Properties / 1.2：
Top Load / 1.2.1：
Internal Pressure / 1.2.2：
Handling Stability / 1.2.3：
Stress Cracking / 1.2.4：
Barrier / 1.2.5：
Generating the First Design in CAD / 1.3：
The Bottle Design Already Exists / 1.3.1：
Creation of a New Design / 1.3.2：
From Shape to Full-Fledged Design for a Dependable Process / 1.4：
From the Ideal to the Real Preform / 1.4.1：
Bottle Design for a Dependable Process / 1.4.2：
Verification of the 3D Design Through Finite-element Simulation / 1.5：
What is FEM? / 1.5.1：
What FEM Can Do / 1.5.2：
What FEM Cannot Do / 1.5.3：
Selection of the Mold Concept to Meet Customer-specific Criteria / 1.6：
Shell Molds / 1.6.1：
Hot-fill Molds / 1.6.2：
Mold Design and Mold Manufacture / 1.7：
Mold Design / 1.7.1：
Mold Making / 1.7.2：
Mold Trials and Examination of Sample Bottles / 1.8：
Mold Trials on Laboratory Machines / 1.8.1：
Process Finding During Mold Trials / 1.8.2：
Laboratory Tests on Sample Bottles / 1.8.3：
PET Preforms / 2：
Introduction / 2.1：
Manufacture and States of PET / 2.2：
Manufacture of PET / 2.2.1：
Catalysts / 2.2.2：
PET is a Linear Condensation Polymer / 2.2.3：
Crystallization of PET / 2.2.4：
"Extended Chain" or "Oriented" Crystallization / 2.2.5：
Summary / 2.2.6：
Behavior in the Blow Mold 56 2.3.1 Natural stretch Ratio (or Natural Draw Ratio) / 2.3：
Manufacture of PET Preforms / 2.4：
Drying of PET / 2.4.1：
The Theory of Injection Molding of Preforms / 2.4.2：
Preforms for Single- and Two-stage Processing / 2.5：
Two-stage Process Injection Molding / 2.5.1：
Two-stage Process Blow Molding / 2.5.2：
Single-stage Process / 2.5.3：
Hot Runner Controls / 2.5.4：
Gate Mechanism / 2.5.5：
PET and Infrared Radiation / 2.6：
Practical Guide to Injection Molding of Preforms / 3：
Extrusion and Screw Control / 3.1：
Injection Parameters / 3.2：
Injection Pressure / 3.2.1：
Injection Speed and Time / 3.2.2：
Transition Point / 3.2.3：
Hold Time and Pressure / 3.2.4：
Decompression / 3.2.5：
Cooling Time / 3.2.6：
Gating / 3.2.7：
Postmold Cooling Devices / 3.2.8：
Machine Cycle Improvements / 3.2.9：
Optimizing the Injection Settings / 3.3：
Cycle Time Calculations / 3.4：
Challenges in Thin-wall Molding / 3.5：
Acetaldehyde in PET Bottles / 3.6：
AA Creation / 3.6.1：
AA in Water Bottles / 3.6.2：
AA-level Measurements / 3.6.3：
Injection Tooling / 3.7：
Cooling Issues / 3.8：
Antifreeze / 3.8.1：
Water Flow Balance / 3.8.2：
Tool Wear Issues / 3.9：
Closures for PET Bottles / 4：
Closure History / 4.1：
Closure Functions / 4.1.2：
Different Neck Finishes for Various Applications / 4.2：
Neck Finishes for CSD Bottles / 4.2.1：
Neck Finishes for Still Water Bottles / 4.2.2：
Neck Finishes for Hot-filled Products / 4.2.3：
Necks for Custom Bottles / 4.2.4：
Closure Types / 4.3：
One-piece Closures / 4.3.1：
Two-piece Closures / 4.3.2：
Sports Closures / 4.3.3：
Closures and Shelf Life / 4.3.4：
Multilayer Liners / 4.3.5：
Tamper-evident Bands / 4.4：
Construction Methods / 4.4.1：
Pilfer-proof Rings and Their Construction / 4.4.2：
Resins / 4.5：
Polypropylene / 4.5.1：
High-density Polyethylene / 4.5.2：
Manufacturing Methods / 4.6：
Injection Molding / 4.6.1：
Compression Molding / 4.6.2：
Comparison of TM-CM / 4.6.3：
Economic Guidelines / 4.7：
Test Procedures / 4.8：
Proper Application Test / 4.8.1：
Top-load Vent Test / 4.8.2：
Cold Removal Torque Test / 4.8.3：
Ambient Removal Torque Test / 4.8.4：
Cycle Test at Elevated Temperature / 4.8.5：
Vent/Flow Performance Test / 4.8.6：
Strip Torque Test / 4.8.7：
Carbonation Retention Non-top Load / 4.8.8：
Carbonation Retention at Elevated Temperature / 4.8.9：
Carbonation Retention with Top Load / 4.8.10：
Plastic Ball Impact Test / 4.8.11：
Drop Test / 4.8.12：
General IM Process Parameters for CSD Closures / 4.9：
Injection Time / 4.9.1：
Hold Time / 4.9.2：
Mold Closing and Opening Times / 4.9.3：
Ejection Time and Mold Opening Stroke / 4.9.5：
Plasticizing / 4.9.6：
Delay Times / 4.9.7：
Air Blast / 4.9.8：
Lightweigbing of Bottles and Caps / 4.10：
Lighter Necks / 4.10.1：
Lighter Caps / 4.10.2：
Specific Resins for Closure Production / Appendix A：
Index
Acknowledgments
Editor's Note
Foreword to the Second Edition
10.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
10. Multilingual Information Retrieval
Carol Peters, Martin Braschler
出版情報: Springer eBooks Computer Science , Springer Berlin Heidelberg, 2012
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introduction / 1：
The Growth of the Digital Universe / 1.1：
The Terminology / 1.2：
A Brief History / 1.3：
Enabling Technologies and Standards / 1.3.1：
Publicly-Funded Research Initiatives / 1.3.2：
Conferences and Evaluation Campaigns / 1.3.3：
Commercial Products / 1.3.4：
The Current Research Challenges / 1.4：
References
Within-Language Information Retrieval / 2：
The Retrieval Problem and Its Consequences / 2.1：
Implementation of a Within-Language Information Retrieval System / 2.3：
Indexing Phase / 2.4：
Pre-processing (Step 1) / 2.4.1：
Language Identification (Step 2) / 2.4.2：
Document Formation (Step 3) / 2.4.3：
Segmentation, Tokenisation, Parsing (Step 4) / 2.4.4：
Feature Normalisation (Step 5) / 2.4.5：
Enrichment (Step 6) / 2.4.6：
Matching Phase / 2.5：
'Bag of Words' Paradigm / 2.5.1：
Inverted Index / 2.5.2：
Basic Matching Algorithm / 2.5.3：
Vector Space Model / 2.5.4：
The tf.idf-Cosine Weighting Scheme / 2.5.5：
Relevance Feedback / 2.5.6：
Probabilistic Weighting Schemes / 2.5.7：
Ranking Using Language Models / 2.5.8：
Off-Page Information: Page Rank / 2.5.9：
Summary and Future Directions / 2.6：
Suggested Reading / 2.7：
Cross-Language Information Retrieval / 3：
Implementation of Cross-Language Information Retrieval / 3.1：
Query Translation and Document Translation / 3.2.1：
No Translation / 3.2.2：
Different Types of Translation Resources / 3.2.3：
Term Ambiguity / 3.2.4：
Translation Approaches for Cross-Language Information Retrieval / 3.3：
Machine-Readable Dictionaries / 3.3.1：
Statistical Approaches / 3.3.2：
Pre-translation and Post-translation Query Expansion / 3.3.3：
Machine Translation / 3.3.4：
Combination Approaches / 3.3.5：
Handling Many Languages / 3.4：
CLIR Flows / 3.4.1：
Merging Across Languages / 3.4.2：
Document Translation / 3.4.3：
Indirect Translation / 3.4.4：
Interaction and User Interfaces / 3.5：
Information Seeking and User Interaction / 4.1：
Users' Information Needs and Search Tasks / 4.2：
Users' Language Skills and Cultural Differences / 4.3：
Supporting Multilingual User Interaction / 4.4：
Query Formulation and Translation / 4.4.1：
Document Selection and Examination / 4.4.2：
Query Reformulation / 4.4.3：
Browsing and Visualisation / 4.4.4：
Designing Multilingual Search User Interfaces / 4.5：
User-Centred Design / 4.5.1：
Internationalisation and Localisation / 4.5.2：
Case Study: CLIR in Google's Web Search / 4.5.3：
Evaluation for Multilingual Information Retrieval Systems / 4.6：
System-Oriented Evaluation / 5.1：
The Cranfield Tradition / 5.2.1：
Evaluation Campaigns / 5.2.2：
Building a Test Collection / 5.2.3：
Promoting Research into Multilingual and Multimedia System Development via Evaluation / 5.2.4：
Alternative Methodologies for Test Collection Construction / 5.2.5：
Performance Measures / 5.2.6：
Statistical Significance Testing / 5.2.7：
System Effectiveness and User Satisfaction / 5.2.8：
User-Oriented Evaluation / 5.3：
Experimental Design / 5.3.1：
Evaluating Interactive CLIR Systems at CLEF / 5.3.2：
Alternative Performance Measures / 5.3.3：
Evaluating Your Own System / 5.4：
Applications of Multilingual Information Access / 5.5：
Beyond Multilingual Textual Document Retrieval / 6.1：
Image Retrieval / 6.2.1：
Speech Retrieval / 6.2.2：
Video Retrieval / 6.2.3：
Question Answering / 6.2.4：
Multilingual Information Access in Practice / 6.3：
Web Search / 6.3.1：
Digital Libraries and Cultural Heritage / 6.3.2：
Medicine and Healthcare / 6.3.3：
Government and Law / 6.3.4：
Business and Commerce / 6.3.5：
Summing Up / 6.4：
Glossary of Acronyms
Index
Introduction / 1：
The Growth of the Digital Universe / 1.1：
The Terminology / 1.2：
11.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
11. Multilingual Information Retrieval
Carol Peters, Martin Braschler, Paul Clough
出版情報: SpringerLink Books - AutoHoldings , Springer Berlin Heidelberg, 2012
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introduction / 1：
The Growth of the Digital Universe / 1.1：
The Terminology / 1.2：
A Brief History / 1.3：
Enabling Technologies and Standards / 1.3.1：
Publicly-Funded Research Initiatives / 1.3.2：
Conferences and Evaluation Campaigns / 1.3.3：
Commercial Products / 1.3.4：
The Current Research Challenges / 1.4：
References
Within-Language Information Retrieval / 2：
The Retrieval Problem and Its Consequences / 2.1：
Implementation of a Within-Language Information Retrieval System / 2.3：
Indexing Phase / 2.4：
Pre-processing (Step 1) / 2.4.1：
Language Identification (Step 2) / 2.4.2：
Document Formation (Step 3) / 2.4.3：
Segmentation, Tokenisation, Parsing (Step 4) / 2.4.4：
Feature Normalisation (Step 5) / 2.4.5：
Enrichment (Step 6) / 2.4.6：
Matching Phase / 2.5：
'Bag of Words' Paradigm / 2.5.1：
Inverted Index / 2.5.2：
Basic Matching Algorithm / 2.5.3：
Vector Space Model / 2.5.4：
The tf.idf-Cosine Weighting Scheme / 2.5.5：
Relevance Feedback / 2.5.6：
Probabilistic Weighting Schemes / 2.5.7：
Ranking Using Language Models / 2.5.8：
Off-Page Information: Page Rank / 2.5.9：
Summary and Future Directions / 2.6：
Suggested Reading / 2.7：
Cross-Language Information Retrieval / 3：
Implementation of Cross-Language Information Retrieval / 3.1：
Query Translation and Document Translation / 3.2.1：
No Translation / 3.2.2：
Different Types of Translation Resources / 3.2.3：
Term Ambiguity / 3.2.4：
Translation Approaches for Cross-Language Information Retrieval / 3.3：
Machine-Readable Dictionaries / 3.3.1：
Statistical Approaches / 3.3.2：
Pre-translation and Post-translation Query Expansion / 3.3.3：
Machine Translation / 3.3.4：
Combination Approaches / 3.3.5：
Handling Many Languages / 3.4：
CLIR Flows / 3.4.1：
Merging Across Languages / 3.4.2：
Document Translation / 3.4.3：
Indirect Translation / 3.4.4：
Interaction and User Interfaces / 3.5：
Information Seeking and User Interaction / 4.1：
Users' Information Needs and Search Tasks / 4.2：
Users' Language Skills and Cultural Differences / 4.3：
Supporting Multilingual User Interaction / 4.4：
Query Formulation and Translation / 4.4.1：
Document Selection and Examination / 4.4.2：
Query Reformulation / 4.4.3：
Browsing and Visualisation / 4.4.4：
Designing Multilingual Search User Interfaces / 4.5：
User-Centred Design / 4.5.1：
Internationalisation and Localisation / 4.5.2：
Case Study: CLIR in Google's Web Search / 4.5.3：
Evaluation for Multilingual Information Retrieval Systems / 4.6：
System-Oriented Evaluation / 5.1：
The Cranfield Tradition / 5.2.1：
Evaluation Campaigns / 5.2.2：
Building a Test Collection / 5.2.3：
Promoting Research into Multilingual and Multimedia System Development via Evaluation / 5.2.4：
Alternative Methodologies for Test Collection Construction / 5.2.5：
Performance Measures / 5.2.6：
Statistical Significance Testing / 5.2.7：
System Effectiveness and User Satisfaction / 5.2.8：
User-Oriented Evaluation / 5.3：
Experimental Design / 5.3.1：
Evaluating Interactive CLIR Systems at CLEF / 5.3.2：
Alternative Performance Measures / 5.3.3：
Evaluating Your Own System / 5.4：
Applications of Multilingual Information Access / 5.5：
Beyond Multilingual Textual Document Retrieval / 6.1：
Image Retrieval / 6.2.1：
Speech Retrieval / 6.2.2：
Video Retrieval / 6.2.3：
Question Answering / 6.2.4：
Multilingual Information Access in Practice / 6.3：
Web Search / 6.3.1：
Digital Libraries and Cultural Heritage / 6.3.2：
Medicine and Healthcare / 6.3.3：
Government and Law / 6.3.4：
Business and Commerce / 6.3.5：
Summing Up / 6.4：
Glossary of Acronyms
Index
Introduction / 1：
The Growth of the Digital Universe / 1.1：
The Terminology / 1.2：
12.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
12. Principles of Asymmetric Synthesis
Robert E. Gawley, Jeffrey Aube, Jeffrey Aubâe, Jeffrey Aubâe
出版情報: Elsevier ScienceDirect Books Complete , Elsevier, 2012
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Foreword
Preface
Introduction, General Principles, and Glossary of Stereochemical Terms / 1：
Why We Do Asymmetric Syntheses / 1.1：
What is an Asymmetric Synthesis? / 1.2：
Stereoselectivity, and What It Takes to Achieve It / 1.3：
Selectivity: Kinetic and Thermodynamic Control / 1.4：
Entropy, the Isoinversion Principle, and the Effect of Temperature on Selectivity / 1.5：
Single and Double Asymmetric Induction / 1.6：
Kinetic Resolution / 1.7：
The Curtin-Hammett Principle / 1.8：
Asymmetric Transformations and Dynamic Resolutions / 1.9：
Asymmetric Catalysis and Nonlinear Effects / 1.10：
Glossary of Stereochemical Terms / 1.11：
References
Practical Aspects of Asymmetric Synthesis / 2：
Choosing a Method for Asymmetric Synthesis / 2.1：
How to Get Started / 2.2：
General Considerations for Analysis of Stereoisomers / 2.3：
Chromatography / 2.4：
A Chromatography Primer / 2.4.1：
Chiral Stationary Phase Chromatography / 2.4.2：
Achiral Derivatizing Agents / 2.4.3：
Nuclear Magnetic Resonance / 2.5：
Chiral Derivatizing Agents (CDAs) / 2.5.1：
Chiral Solvating Agents (CSAs) / 2.5.2：
Chiroptical Methods / 2.6：
Summary / 2.7：
Enolate, Azaenolate, and Organolithium Alkylations / 3：
Enolates and Azaenolates / 3.1：
Deprotonation of Carbonyls / 3.1.1：
The Transition State for Enolate Alkylations / 3.1.2：
Enolate and Azaenolate Alkylations with Chiral Nucleophiles / 3.1.3：
Enolate and Azaenolate Alkylations with Chiral Electrophiles / 3.1.4：
Chiral Organolithiums / 3.2：
Inversion Dynamics of Chiral Organolithiums / 3.2.1：
Functionalized Organolithiums / 3.2.2：
Identifying the Stereochemically Defining Step / 3.2.3：
Asymmetric Deprotonations / 3.2.4：
Unstabilized Organolithiums / 3.2.5：
1,2- and 1,4-Additions to C=X Bonds / 4：
Cram's Rule: Open-Chain Model / 4.1：
The Karabatsos Model / 4.1.1：
Felkin's Experiments / 4.1.2：
The Bürgi-Dunitz Trajectory: A Digression / 4.1.3：
Back to the Cram's Rule Problem (Arm's Analysis) / 4.1.4：
Further Refinements / 4.1.5：
Cram's Rule: Rigid, Chelate, or Cyclic Model / 4.2：
Chiral Catalysts and Chiral Auxiliaries / 4.3：
Catalyzed Additions of Organometallic Compounds to Aldehydes / 4.3.1：
Addition of Organometallics to Azomethines / 4.3.2：
Additions of Organometallics to Pyridinium Ions / 4.3.3：
Hydrocyanations of Carbonyls / 4.3.4：
Hydrocyanations of Azomethines (the Strecker Reaction) / 4.3.5：
Conjugate Additions / 4.4：
Acyclic Esters and Ketones / 4.4.1：
Acyclic Amides and Imides / 4.4.2：
Cyclic Ketones and Lactones / 4.4.3：
Aldol and Michael Additions of Allyls, Enolates, and Enolate Equivalents / 5：
1,2-Allylations and Related Reactions / 5.1：
Simple Enantioselectivity / 5.1.1：
Simple Diastereoselectivity / 5.1.2：
Single Asymmetric Induction / 5.1.3：
Double Asymmetric Induction / 5.1.4：
Other Allyl Metals / 5.1.5：
Aldol Additions / 5.2：
Organocatalysis of the Aldol Reaction and its Variants / 5.2.1：
Double Asymmetric Induction and Beyond: Synthetic Applications of the Aldol Reaction / 5.2.4：
Michael Additions / 5.3：
Simple Diastereoselectivity: Basic Transition State Analysis / 5.3.1：
Chiral Donors / 5.3.2：
Chiral Michael Acceptors / 5.3.3：
Interligand Asymmetric Induction and Catalysis / 5.3.4：
Conjugate Addition of Nitrogen Nucleophiles / 5.3.5：
Cycloadditions and Rearrangements / 6：
Cycloadditions / 6.1：
The Diels-Alder Reaction / 6.1.1：
Hetero Diels-Alder Reaction / 6.1.2：
1,3-Dipolar Cycloadditions / 6.1.3：
[2 + l]-Cyclopropanations and Related Processes / 6.1.4：
Rearrangements / 6.2：
[1,3]-Hydrogen Shifts / 6.2.1：
[2,3]-Wittig Rearrangements / 6.2.2：
Other Rearrangements / 6.2.3：
Reductions and Hydroborations / 7：
Reduction of Carbon-Heteroatom Double Bonds / 7.1：
Modified Lithium Aluminum Hydride / 7.1.1：
Modified Borane / 7.1.2：
Chiral Organoboranes / 7.1.3：
Chiral Transition Metal Catalysts / 7.1.4：
Reduction of Carbon-Carbon Bonds / 7.2：
Hydroborations / 7.3：
Oxidations / 8：
Epoxidations and Related Reactions / 8.1：
Early Approaches / 8.1.1：
Epoxidations / 8.1.2：
Sharpless Kinetic Resolution / 8.1.3：
Some Applications of Asymmetric Epoxidation and Kinetic Resolution Procedures / 8.1.4：
Aziridinations / 8.1.5：
Asymmetric Dihydroxylation (AD) Reaction / 8.2：
Reaction Development / 8.2.1：
Applications of Enantioselective Dihydroxylations / 8.2.2：
α-Functionalization of Carbonyl Groups and Their Equivalents / 8.3：
Hydroxylations / 8.3.1：
Aminations and Halogenations / 8.3.2：
Miscellaneous Oxidations that Necessitate Differentiation of Enantiotopic Groups / 8.4：
Oxidation of Sulfides / 8.4.1：
Group-Selective Oxidation of C-H Bonds / 8.4.2：
Group-Selective Oxidative Ring Expansions / 8.4.3：
Index
Foreword
Preface
Introduction, General Principles, and Glossary of Stereochemical Terms / 1：
13.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
13. Incomplete Information System and Rough Set Theory
Xibei Yang, Jingyu Yang
出版情報: Springer eBooks Computer Science , Dordrecht : Springer Berlin Heidelberg, 2012
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Indiscernibility Relation Based Rough Sets / Part I：
Indiscernibility Relation, Rough Sets and Information System / Chapter 1：
Pawlak's Rough Approximation / 1.1：
Rough Set / 1.1.1：
Uncertainty Measurements and Knowledge Granulation / 1.1.2：
Knowledge Reductions / 1.1.3：
Knowledge Dependency / 1.1.4：
Variable Precision Rough Set / 1.2：
Inclusion Error and Variable Precision Rough Set / 1.2.1：
Several Reducts in Variable Precision Rough Set / 1.2.2：
Multigranulation Rough Set / 1.3：
Optimistic Multigranulation Rough Set / 1.3.1：
Pessimistic Multigranulation Rough Set / 1.3.2：
Multigranulation Rough Memberships / 1.3.3：
Hierarchical Structures on Multigranulation Spaces / 1.4：
Definitions of Three Hierarchical Structures / 1.4.1：
Relationships Between Hierarchical Structures and Multigranulation Rough Sets / 1.4.2：
Information System / 1.5：
Information System and Rough Set / 1.5.1：
Rough Sets in Multiple-source Information Systems / 1.5.2：
Several Reducts in Decision System / 1.5.3：
Conclusions / 1.6：
References
Incomplete Information Systems and Rough Sets / Part II：
Expansions of Rough Sets in Incomplete Information Systems / Chapter 2：
Tolerance Relation Based Rough Set Approach / 2.1：
Tolerance Relation and Its Reducts / 2.1.1：
Tolerance Relation Based Rough Set and Generalized Decision Reduct / 2.1.2：
Valued Tolerance Relation Based Rough Set Approach / 2.2：
Valued Tolerance Relation / 2.2.1：
Valued Tolerance Relation Based Fuzzy Rough Set / 2.2.2：
Maximal Consistent Block Based Rough Set Approach / 2.3：
Maximal Consistent Block and Its Reducts / 2.3.1：
Maximal Consistent Block Based Rough Set and Approximate Distribution Reducts / 2.3.2：
Descriptor Based Rough Set / 2.4：
Descriptor and Reduct Descriptor / 2.4.1：
Descriptor Based Rough Set and Generalized Decision Reduct of Descriptor / 2.4.2：
Similarity Relation Based Rough Set Approach / 2.5：
Similarity Relation and Similarity Based Rough Set / 2.5.1：
Approximate Distribution Reducts in Similarity Relation Based Rough Set / 2.5.2：
Difference Relation Based Rough Set Approach / 2.6：
Difference Relation and Its Reducts / 2.6.1：
Rough Set Based on Difference Relation / 2.6.2：
Approximate Distribution Reducts in Difference Relation Based Rough Set / 2.6.3：
Limited Tolerance Relation Based Rough Set Approach / 2.7：
Limited Tolerance Relation / 2.7.1：
Limited Tolerance Relation Based Rough Set / 2.7.2：
Characteristic Relation Based Rough Set Approach / 2.8：
Characteristic Relation and Characteristic Relation Based Rough Set / 2.8.1：
Approximate Distribution Reducts in Characteristic Relation Based Rough Set / 2.8.2：
Neighborhood System and Rough Set in Incomplete Information System / 2.9：
Neighborhood System / 3.1：
From Granular Computing to Neighborhood System / 3.1.1：
Binary Neighborhood System / 3.1.2：
Covering and Neighborhood System / 3.1.3：
Fuzzy Neighborhood System / 3.1.4：
Neighborhood System and Topological Space / 3.1.5：
Knowledge Operation in Neighborhood System / 3.1.6：
Neighborhood System and Rough Approximations / 3.2：
Neighborhood System Based Rough Sets / 3.2.1：
Relationship Between Neighborhood System Based Rough Set and VPRS / 3.2.2：
Neighborhood System Based Rough Approximations in Incomplete Information System / 3.2.3：
Reducts Neighborhood Systems / 3.3：
Reducts Neighborhood Systems in Incomplete Information System / 3.3.1：
Neighborhood Systems Based Approximate Distribution Reducts / 3.3.2：
Dominance-based Rough Sets and Incomplete Information Systems / 3.4：
Dominance-based Rough Sets in "*" Incomplete Information System / Chapter 4：
Dominance-based Rough Set / 4.1：
Expanded Dominance-based Rough Set in Incomplete Information System with "*" Unknown Values / 4.2：
Valued Dominance-based Fuzzy Rough Set Approach / 4.3：
Valued Dominance Relation / 4.3.1：
Fuzzy Rough Approximations / 4.3.2：
Extraction of Decision Rules / 4.3.3：
↑ and ↓ Descriptors and Certain Rules / 4.4：
Definition of ↑ and ↓ Descriptors / 4.4.1：
Reduct of ↑ and ↓ Descriptors / 4.4.2：
↑ and ↓ Certain Rules / 4.4.3：
Optimal ↑ and ↓ Certain Rules / 4.4.4：
An Illustrative Example / 4.4.5：
Limited Dominance-based Rough Set Approach / 4.5：
Limited Dominance-based Rough Set / 4.5.1：
Comparisons Between Expanded and Limited Dominance-based Rough Sets / 4.5.2：
Dominance-based Rough Sets in "?" Incomplete Information System / 4.6：
Similarity Dominance Relation / 5.1：
Definition of Similarity Dominance Relation / 5.1.1：
Reducts of Similarity Dominance Relations / 5.1.2：
Similarity Dominance-based Rough Set and Approximate Distribution Reducts / 5.2：
Similarity Dominance-based Rough Set / 5.2.1：
Approximate Distribute Reducts in Similarity Dominance-based Rough Set / 5.2.2：
Similarity Dominance-based Rough Sets in Fuzzy Decision System / 5.3：
Similarity Dominance-based Rough Fuzzy Set / 5.3.1：
Relative Approximate Distribution Reducts of Similarity Dominance-based Rough Fuzzy Set / 5.3.2：
Incomplete Information Systems and Multigranulation Rough Sets / 5.4：
Multigranulation Rough Sets in Incomplete Information System / Chapter 6：
Tolerance Relations Based Multigranulation Rough Sets / 6.1：
Optimistic and Pessimistic Tolerance Relations Based Multigranulation Rough Sets / 6.1.1：
Properties of Multigranulation Rough Sets Based on Tolerance Relations / 6.1.2：
Comparisons Among Several Rough Sets / 6.1.3：
Approximation Distribution Reducts in Tolerance Relations Based Multigranulation Rough Sets / 6.1.4：
Similarity Relations Based Multigranulation Rough Sets / 6.2：
Optimistic and Pessimistic Similarity Relations Based Multigranulation Rough Sets / 6.2.1：
Properties of Multigranulation Rough Sets Based on Similarity Relations / 6.2.2：
Approximate Distribution Reducts in Similarity Relations Based Multigranulation Rough Sets / 6.2.3：
Glossary / 6.3：
Index
Indiscernibility Relation Based Rough Sets / Part I：
Indiscernibility Relation, Rough Sets and Information System / Chapter 1：
Pawlak's Rough Approximation / 1.1：
14.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
14. Incomplete Information System and Rough Set Theory
Xibei Yang, Jingyu Yang
出版情報: SpringerLink Books - AutoHoldings , Dordrecht : Springer Berlin Heidelberg, 2012
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Indiscernibility Relation Based Rough Sets / Part I：
Indiscernibility Relation, Rough Sets and Information System / Chapter 1：
Pawlak's Rough Approximation / 1.1：
Rough Set / 1.1.1：
Uncertainty Measurements and Knowledge Granulation / 1.1.2：
Knowledge Reductions / 1.1.3：
Knowledge Dependency / 1.1.4：
Variable Precision Rough Set / 1.2：
Inclusion Error and Variable Precision Rough Set / 1.2.1：
Several Reducts in Variable Precision Rough Set / 1.2.2：
Multigranulation Rough Set / 1.3：
Optimistic Multigranulation Rough Set / 1.3.1：
Pessimistic Multigranulation Rough Set / 1.3.2：
Multigranulation Rough Memberships / 1.3.3：
Hierarchical Structures on Multigranulation Spaces / 1.4：
Definitions of Three Hierarchical Structures / 1.4.1：
Relationships Between Hierarchical Structures and Multigranulation Rough Sets / 1.4.2：
Information System / 1.5：
Information System and Rough Set / 1.5.1：
Rough Sets in Multiple-source Information Systems / 1.5.2：
Several Reducts in Decision System / 1.5.3：
Conclusions / 1.6：
References
Incomplete Information Systems and Rough Sets / Part II：
Expansions of Rough Sets in Incomplete Information Systems / Chapter 2：
Tolerance Relation Based Rough Set Approach / 2.1：
Tolerance Relation and Its Reducts / 2.1.1：
Tolerance Relation Based Rough Set and Generalized Decision Reduct / 2.1.2：
Valued Tolerance Relation Based Rough Set Approach / 2.2：
Valued Tolerance Relation / 2.2.1：
Valued Tolerance Relation Based Fuzzy Rough Set / 2.2.2：
Maximal Consistent Block Based Rough Set Approach / 2.3：
Maximal Consistent Block and Its Reducts / 2.3.1：
Maximal Consistent Block Based Rough Set and Approximate Distribution Reducts / 2.3.2：
Descriptor Based Rough Set / 2.4：
Descriptor and Reduct Descriptor / 2.4.1：
Descriptor Based Rough Set and Generalized Decision Reduct of Descriptor / 2.4.2：
Similarity Relation Based Rough Set Approach / 2.5：
Similarity Relation and Similarity Based Rough Set / 2.5.1：
Approximate Distribution Reducts in Similarity Relation Based Rough Set / 2.5.2：
Difference Relation Based Rough Set Approach / 2.6：
Difference Relation and Its Reducts / 2.6.1：
Rough Set Based on Difference Relation / 2.6.2：
Approximate Distribution Reducts in Difference Relation Based Rough Set / 2.6.3：
Limited Tolerance Relation Based Rough Set Approach / 2.7：
Limited Tolerance Relation / 2.7.1：
Limited Tolerance Relation Based Rough Set / 2.7.2：
Characteristic Relation Based Rough Set Approach / 2.8：
Characteristic Relation and Characteristic Relation Based Rough Set / 2.8.1：
Approximate Distribution Reducts in Characteristic Relation Based Rough Set / 2.8.2：
Neighborhood System and Rough Set in Incomplete Information System / 2.9：
Neighborhood System / 3.1：
From Granular Computing to Neighborhood System / 3.1.1：
Binary Neighborhood System / 3.1.2：
Covering and Neighborhood System / 3.1.3：
Fuzzy Neighborhood System / 3.1.4：
Neighborhood System and Topological Space / 3.1.5：
Knowledge Operation in Neighborhood System / 3.1.6：
Neighborhood System and Rough Approximations / 3.2：
Neighborhood System Based Rough Sets / 3.2.1：
Relationship Between Neighborhood System Based Rough Set and VPRS / 3.2.2：
Neighborhood System Based Rough Approximations in Incomplete Information System / 3.2.3：
Reducts Neighborhood Systems / 3.3：
Reducts Neighborhood Systems in Incomplete Information System / 3.3.1：
Neighborhood Systems Based Approximate Distribution Reducts / 3.3.2：
Dominance-based Rough Sets and Incomplete Information Systems / 3.4：
Dominance-based Rough Sets in "*" Incomplete Information System / Chapter 4：
Dominance-based Rough Set / 4.1：
Expanded Dominance-based Rough Set in Incomplete Information System with "*" Unknown Values / 4.2：
Valued Dominance-based Fuzzy Rough Set Approach / 4.3：
Valued Dominance Relation / 4.3.1：
Fuzzy Rough Approximations / 4.3.2：
Extraction of Decision Rules / 4.3.3：
↑ and ↓ Descriptors and Certain Rules / 4.4：
Definition of ↑ and ↓ Descriptors / 4.4.1：
Reduct of ↑ and ↓ Descriptors / 4.4.2：
↑ and ↓ Certain Rules / 4.4.3：
Optimal ↑ and ↓ Certain Rules / 4.4.4：
An Illustrative Example / 4.4.5：
Limited Dominance-based Rough Set Approach / 4.5：
Limited Dominance-based Rough Set / 4.5.1：
Comparisons Between Expanded and Limited Dominance-based Rough Sets / 4.5.2：
Dominance-based Rough Sets in "?" Incomplete Information System / 4.6：
Similarity Dominance Relation / 5.1：
Definition of Similarity Dominance Relation / 5.1.1：
Reducts of Similarity Dominance Relations / 5.1.2：
Similarity Dominance-based Rough Set and Approximate Distribution Reducts / 5.2：
Similarity Dominance-based Rough Set / 5.2.1：
Approximate Distribute Reducts in Similarity Dominance-based Rough Set / 5.2.2：
Similarity Dominance-based Rough Sets in Fuzzy Decision System / 5.3：
Similarity Dominance-based Rough Fuzzy Set / 5.3.1：
Relative Approximate Distribution Reducts of Similarity Dominance-based Rough Fuzzy Set / 5.3.2：
Incomplete Information Systems and Multigranulation Rough Sets / 5.4：
Multigranulation Rough Sets in Incomplete Information System / Chapter 6：
Tolerance Relations Based Multigranulation Rough Sets / 6.1：
Optimistic and Pessimistic Tolerance Relations Based Multigranulation Rough Sets / 6.1.1：
Properties of Multigranulation Rough Sets Based on Tolerance Relations / 6.1.2：
Comparisons Among Several Rough Sets / 6.1.3：
Approximation Distribution Reducts in Tolerance Relations Based Multigranulation Rough Sets / 6.1.4：
Similarity Relations Based Multigranulation Rough Sets / 6.2：
Optimistic and Pessimistic Similarity Relations Based Multigranulation Rough Sets / 6.2.1：
Properties of Multigranulation Rough Sets Based on Similarity Relations / 6.2.2：
Approximate Distribution Reducts in Similarity Relations Based Multigranulation Rough Sets / 6.2.3：
Glossary / 6.3：
Index
Indiscernibility Relation Based Rough Sets / Part I：
Indiscernibility Relation, Rough Sets and Information System / Chapter 1：
Pawlak's Rough Approximation / 1.1：
15.

図書
図書
15. Organoselenium chemistry : synthesis and reactions
edited by Thomas Wirth
出版情報: Weinheim : Wiley-VCH, c2012  xiv, 448 p. ; 25 cm
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
List of Contributor
Electrophilic Selenium / Claudio Santi ; Stefano Santoro1：
General Introduction / 1.1：
Synthesis of Electrophilic Selenium Reagents / 1.1.1：
Reactivity and Properties / 1.1.2：
Addition Reactions to Double Bonds / 1.2：
Addition Reaction Involving Oxygen Centered Nucleophiles / 1.2.1：
Addition Reaction Involving Nitrogen Centered Nucleophiles / 1.2.2：
Addition Reactions Involving Carbon Centered Nucleophiles / 1.2.3：
Addition Reaction Involving Chiral Nucleophiles or Chiral Substrates / 1.2.4：
Selenocyclizations / 1.3：
Oxygen Nucleophiles / 1.3.1：
Nitrogen Nucleophiles / 1.3.2：
Competition between Oxygen and Nitrogen Nucleophiles / 1.3.3：
Carbon Nucleophiles / 1.3.4：
Double Cyclization Reactions / 1.3.5：
References
Nucleophilic Selenium / Michio Iwaoka2：
Introduction / 2.1：
Development of Nucleophilic Selenium Reagents / 2.1.1：
Examples of Recent Applications / 2.1.2：
Properties of Selenols and Selenolates / 2.2：
Electronegativity of Selenium / 2.2.1：
Tautomerism of Selenols / 2.2.2：
Nudeophilicity of Selenolates / 2.2.3：
Inorganic Nucleophilic Selenium Reagents / 2.3：
Conventional Reagents / 2.3.1：
New Reagents / 2.3.2：
Organic Nucleophilic Selenium Reagents / 2.4：
Preparation / 2.4.1：
Structure / 2.4.2：
Ammonium Selenolates (NH4+) / 2.4.3：
Selenolates of Group 1 Elements (Li, Na, K, and Cs) / 2.4.4：
Selenolates of Group 2 Elements (Mg, Ca, and Ba) / 2.4.5：
Selenolates of Group 3 Elements (Sm, Ce, Pr, Nb, and U) / 2.4.6：
Selenolates of Group 4 Elements (Ti, Zr, and Hf) / 2.4.7：
Selenolates of Group 5 Elements (V, Nb, and Ta) / 2.4.8：
Selenolates of Group 6 Elements (Mo and W) / 2.4.9：
Selenolates of Group 7 Elements (Mn and Re) / 2.4.10：
Selenolates of Group 8 Elements (Fe,Ru, and Os) / 2.4.11：
Selenolates of Group 9 Elements (Co, Rh, and Ir) / 2.4.12：
Selenolates of Group 10 Elements (Ni,Pd, and Pt) / 2.4.13：
Selenolates of Group 11 Elements (Cu, Ag, and Au) / 2.4.14：
Selenolates of Group 12 Elements (Zn, Cd, and Hg) / 2.4.15：
Selenolates of Group 13 Elements (B, Al, Ga, and In) / 2.4.16：
Selenolates of Group 14 Elements (Si, Ge, Sn, and Pb) / 2.4.17：
Selenolates of Group 15 Elements (P, As, Sb, and Bi) / 2.4.18：
Selenium Compounds in Radical Reactions / W. Russell Bowman3：
Homolytic Substitution at Selenium to Generate Radical Precursors / 3.1：
Bimolecular SH2 Reactions: Synthetic Considerations / 3.1.1：
Radical Reagents / 3.1.1.1：
Alkyl Radicals from Selenide Precursors / 3.1.2：
Acyl Radicals from Acyl Selenide Precursors / 3.1.3：
Imidoyl Radicals from Imidoyl Selenides / 3.1.4：
Other Radicals from Selenide Precursors / 3.1.5：
Selenide Building Blocks / 3.2：
Solid Phase Synthesis / 3.3：
Selenide Precursors in Radical Domino Reactions / 3.4：
Homolytic Substitution at Selenium for the Synthesis of Se Containing Products / 3.5：
Intermolecular SH2 onto Se / 3.5.1：
Intramolecular SH2: Cyclization onto Se / 3.5.2：
Seleno Group Transfer onto Alkenes and Alkynes / 3.6：
Seleno Selenation / 3.6.1：
Seleno Sulfonation / 3.6.2：
Seleno Alkylation / 3.6.3：
PhSeH in Radical Reactions / 3.7：
Radical Clock Reactions / 3.7.1：
Problem of Unwanted Trapping of Intermediate Radicals / 3.7.2：
Catalysis of Starrnane-Mediated Reactions / 3.7.3：
Selenium Radical Anions, SRN1 Substitutions / 3.8：
Selenium Stabilized Carbanions / Joao V. Comasseto ; Alcindo A. Dos Santos ; Edison P. Wendler4：
Preparation of Selenium-Stabilized Carbanions / 4.1：
Deprotonation of Selenides / 4.2.1：
Element Lithium Exchange / 4.2.2：
Conjugate Addition of Organometallics to Vinyl and Alkynylselenides / 4.2.3：
Reactivity of the Selenium-Stabilized Carbanions with Electrophiles and Synthetic Transformations of the Products / 4.3：
Reaction of Selernum Stabilized Carbanions with Electrophiles / 4.3.1：
Selenium Based Transformations on the Reaction Products of Selenium Stabilized Carbanions with Electrophiles / 4.3.2：
Stereochemical Aspects / 4.4：
Cyclic Selenium Stabilized Carbanions / 4.4.1：
Acyclic Selenium Stabilized Carbanions / 4.4.2：
Application of Selenium Stabilized Carbanions in Total Synthesis / 4.5：
Examples Using Alkylation Reactions of Selenium Stabilized Carbanions / 4.5.1：
Examples Using the Addition of Selenium-Stabilized Carbanions to Carbonyl Compounds / 4.5.2：
Examples Using 1,4 Addition of Selenium-Stabihzed Carbanions to a,p-Unsaturated Carbonyl Compounds / 4.5.3：
Conclusion / 4.6：
Selenium Compounds with Valency Higher than Two / Jozef Drabowicz ; Jarosiaw Lewkowski ; Jacek Scianowski5：
Trivalent, Dicoordinated Selenonium Salts / 5.1：
Trivalent, Tricoordinated Derivatives / 5.3：
Tetravalent, Dicoordinated Derivatives / 5.4：
Tetravalent, Tricoordinated Derivatives / 5.5：
Pentavalent Derivatives / 5.6：
Hexavalent, Tetracoordinated Derivatives / 5.7：
Hypervalent Derivatives / 5.8：
Selenuranes / 5.8.1：
Selenurane Oxides / 5.8.2：
Perselenuranes / 5.8.3：
Acknowledgment
Selenocarbonyls / Toshiaki Murai6：
Overview / 6.1：
Theoretical Aspects of Selenocarbonyls / 6.2：
Molecular Structure of Selenocarbonyls / 6.3：
Synthetic Procedures of Selenocarbonyls / 6.4：
Manipulation of Selenocarbonyls / 6.5：
Metal Complexes of Selenocarbonyls / 6.6：
Future Aspects / 6.7：
Selenoxide Elimination and [2,3]-Sigmatropic Rearrangement / Yoshiaki Nishibayashi ; Sakae Uemura7：
Preparation and Properties of Chiral Selenoxides / 7.1：
Selenoxide Elimination / 7.3：
Enantioselective Selenoxide Elimination Producing Chiral Allenes and Unsaturated Ketones / 7.3.1：
Diastereoselective Selenoxide Elimination Producing Chiral Allenecarboxylic Esters / 7.3.2：
2,3-Sigmatropic Rearrangement via Allylic Selenoxides / 7.4：
Enanrioselective [2,3]-Sigmatropic Rearrangement Producing Chiral Allylic Alcohols / 7.4.1：
Diastereoselective [2,3]-Sigmatropic Rearrangement Producing Chiral Allylic Alcohols / 7.4.2：
2,3-Sigmatropic Rearrangement via Allylic Selenimides / 7.5：
Preparation and Properties of Chiral Selenimides / 7.5.1：
Enanrioselective [2,3]-Sigmatropic Rearrangement Producing Chiral Allylic Amines / 7.5.2：
Diastereoselective [2,3]-Sigmatropic Rearrangements Producing Chiral Allylic Amines / 7.5.3：
2,3-Sigmatropic Rearrangement via Allylic Selenium Ylides / 7.6：
Preparation and Properties of Optically Active Selenium Ylides / 7.6.1：
Enantioselective [2,3]-Sigmatropic Rearrangements via Allylic Selenium Ylides / 7.6.2：
Diastereoselective [2,3]-Sigmatropic Rearrangement via Allylic Selenium Ylides / 7.6.3：
Summary / 7.7：
Selenium Compounds as Ligands and Catalysts / Fateh V. Singh ; Thomas Wirth8：
Selenium-Catalyzed Reactions / 8.1：
Stereoselective Addition of Diorganozinc Reagents to Aldehydes / 8.2.1：
Diethylzinc Addition / 8.2.1.1：
Diphenylzinc Addition / 8.2.1.2：
Selenium-Ligated Transition Metal-Catalyzed Reactions / 8.2.2：
Selenium-Ligated Stereoselective Hydrosilylation of Ketones / 8.2.2.1：
Selenium-Ligated Copper-Catalyzed Addition of Organometallic Reagents to Enones / 8.2.2.2：
Selenium-Ligated Palladium-Catalyzed Asymmetric Allylic Alkylation / 8.2.2.3：
Selenium-Ligands in Palladium-Catalyzed Mizoroki-Heck Reactions / 8.2.2.4：
Selenium-Ligands in Palladium-Catalyzed Phenylselenenylation of Organohalides / 8.2.2.5：
Selenium-Ligands in Palladium-Catalyzed Substitution Reactions / 8.2.2.6：
Selenium-Ligands in the Palladium-Catalyzed Allylation of Aldehydes / 8.2.2.7：
Selenium-Ligands in Palladium-Catalyzed Condensation Reactions / 8.2.2.8：
Ruthenium-Catalyzed Substitution Reactions / 8.2.2.9：
Selenium-Ligands in Zinc-Catalyzed Intramolecular Hydroaminations / 8.2.2.10：
Selenium-Ligands in Organocatalytic Asymmetric Aldol Reactions / 8.2.3：
Selenium-Ligands in Stereoselective Darzens Reactions / 8.2.4：
Selenium-Catalyzed Carbonylation Reactions / 8.2.5：
Selective Reduction of a,p-Unsaturated Carbonyl Compounds / 8.2.6：
Selenium-Catalyzed Halogenations and Halocyclizations / 8.2.7：
Selenium-Catalyzed Staudinger-Vilarrasa Reaction / 8.2.8：
Selenium-Catalyzed Elimination Reactions of Diols / 8.2.9：
Selenium-Catalyzed Hydrostannylation of Alkenes / 8.2.10：
Selenium-Catalyzed Radical Chain Reactions / 8.2.11：
Selenium-Catalyzed Oxidation Reactions / 8.2.12：
Selenium-Catalyzed Epoxidation of Alkenes / 8.2.12.1：
Selenium-Catalyzed Dihydroxylation of Alkenes / 8.2.12.2：
Selenium-Catalyzed Oxidation of Alcohols / 8.2.12.3：
Baeyer-Villiger Oxidation / 8.2.12.4：
Selenium-Catalyzed Allylic Oxidation of Alkenes / 8.2.12.5：
Selenium-Catalyzed Oxidation of ArylAlkyl Ketones / 8.2.12.6：
Selenium-Catalyzed Oxidation of Primary Aromatic Amines / 8.2.12.7：
Selenium-Catalyzed Oxidation of Alkynes / 8.2.12.8：
Selenium-Catalyzed Oxidation of Halide Anions / 8.2.12.9：
Stereoselective Catalytic Selenenylation-Elimination Reactions / 8.2.13：
Selenium-Catalyzed Diels-Alder Reactions / 8.2.14：
Selenium-Catalyzed Synthesis of Thioacetals / 8.2.15：
Selenium-Catalyzed Baylis-Hillman Reaction / 8.2.16：
Biological and Biochemical Aspects of Selenium Compounds / Bhaskar J. Bhuyan ; Govindasamy Mugesh9：
Biological Importance of Selenium / 9.1：
Selenocysteine: The 21st Amino Acid / 9.3：
Biosynthesis of Selenocysteine / 9.4：
Chemical Synthesis of Selenocysteine / 9.5：
Chemical Synthesis of Sec-Containing Proteins and Peptides / 9.6：
Selenoenzymes / 9.7：
Glutathione Peroxidases / 9.7.1：
Iodothyronine Deiodinase / 9.7.2：
Synthetic Mimics of IDs / 9.7.3：
Thioredoxirn Reductase / 9.7.4：
öSe NMR Values / 9.8：
Index
Preface
List of Contributor
Electrophilic Selenium / Claudio Santi ; Stefano Santoro1：
16.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
16. NMR Methods for the Investigation of Structure and Transport
Edme H. Hardy
出版情報: SpringerLink Books - AutoHoldings , Springer Berlin Heidelberg, 2012
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introduction / 1：
References
Fundamentals / 2：
NMR Methods / 2.1：
Notes on Quantum Mechanics / 2.1.1：
Nuclear Magnetic Resonance / 2.1.2：
Fourier Imaging / 2.1.3：
Contrast / 2.1.4：
Spectroscopy / 2.1.5：
Relaxometry / 2.1.6：
Diffusometry / 2.1.7：
Velocimetry / 2.1.8：
Relaxation for Flowing Liquids / 2.1.9：
Problems / 2.2：
Image Analysis / 2.3：
Thresholds, Porosity, Filters / 2.3.1：
Specific Surface / 2.3.2：
Segmentation and Frequency Distributions / 2.3.3：
Signal, Noise, and Variance / 2.3.4：
Phase Correction / 2.3.5：
Hardware / 3：
Micro-Imaging System / 3.1：
Low-Field System / 3.2：
Properties of Magnet Materials / 3.2.1：
Design of Specific NMR Parts / 3.3：
Actively Screened Gradient Coils / 3.3.1：
Magnet Setup and Probes / 3.3.2：
Flow Loop / 3.4：
Applications / 4：
Gas Filtration / 4.1：
Results and Discussion / 4.1.1：
Conclusion / 4.1.3：
Solid-Liquid Separation / 4.2：
Powder Mixing / 4.2.1：
Rheometry / 4.3.1：
Relaxometry for a Flowing Liquid / 4.4.1：
Trickle-Bed Reactor / 4.5.1：
Ceramic Sponges / 4.6.1：
Biofilm / 4.7.1：
Microwave Heating / 4.8.1：
Emulsions / 4.9.1：
Concluding Remarks / 4.10.1：
Solutions / 5：
Problems of Chapter 2 / 5.1：
Source Code / 6：
SpecSurfOM / 6.1：
SpecSurfRec / 6.2：
Pore-Space Segmentation / 6.3：
Slice Selection / 6.4：
NMR Line Shape Parametrization / 7：
Assumptions / 7.1：
Lorentz Line Shape / 7.2：
Field Distribution / 7.3：
Convolution / 7.4：
Examples / 7.5：
Gradient Echoes / 7.6：
Echo Shifts / 8.1：
Rising Properties / 8.2：
Decay Properties / 8.3：
PGMC Sequence / 8.4：
Determination of the Effects / 8.4.1：
Compensation of the Effects / 8.4.2：
Simplified Model / 8.4.3：
Comparison of Both Models / 8.4.4：
Sequence with Strong Period / 8.5：
Determination of Permanent Gradients / 8.5.1：
Determination of Pulsed Gradients / 8.5.2：
Reference
Imaging with an Inhomogeneous Gradient / 9：
Index
Introduction / 1：
References
Fundamentals / 2：
17.

図書
図書
17. Nonadiabatic transition : concepts, basic theories and applications. 2nd ed. (: hard)
by Hiroki Nakamura
出版情報: Singapore : World Scientific, c2012  xiv, 500 p. ; 24 cm
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface to the Second Edition
Preface to the First Edition
Introduction: What is "Nonadiabatic Transition"? / Chapter 1：
Multi-Disciplinarity / Chapter 2：
Physics / 2.1：
Chemistry / 2.2：
Biology / 2.3：
Economics / 2.4：
Historical Survey of Theoretical Studies / Chapter 3：
Landau-Zener-Stueckelberg Theory / 3.1：
Rosen-Zener-Demkov Theory / 3.2：
Nikitin's Exponential Model / 3.3：
Nonadiabatic Transition Due to Coriolis Coupling and Dynamical State Representation / 3.4：
Background Mathematics / Chapter 4：
Wentzel-Kramers-Brillouin Semiclassical Theory / 4.1：
Stokes Phenomenon / 4.2：
Basic Two-State Theory for Time-Independent Processes / Chapter 5：
Exact Solutions of the Linear Curve Crossing Problems / 5：
Landau-Zener type / 5.1.1：
Nonadiabatic tunneling type / 5.1.2：
Complete Semiclassical Solutions of General Curve Crossing Problems / 5.2：
Landau-Zener (LZ) type / 5.2.1：
E ≥ EX (b2 ≥ 0) / 5.2.1.1：
E ≤ EX (b2 ≤ 0) / 5.2.1.2：
Numerical examples / 5.2.1.3：
Nonadiabatic Tunneling (NT) Type / 5 2 2：
E ≤ Et (b2 ≤ -1) / 5.2.2.1：
Et ≤ E ≤ Eb ( / 5.2.2.2：
E ≥ Eb (b2 ≥ 1 / 5.2.2.3：
Complete reflection / 5.2.2.4：
Non-Curve-Crossing Case / 5.2.2.5：
Rosen-Zener-Demkov model / 5.3.1：
Diabatically avoided crossing model / 5 3 2：
Exponential Potential Model: Unification of the Landau-Zener and Rosen-Zener Models / 5.4：
-Exact Solution / 5.4.1：
-Semiclassical Solution / 5.4.2：
Mathematical Implications / 5.5：
Basic Two-State Theory for Time-Dependent Processes / 5.5.1：
Exact Solution of Quadratic Potential Problem / 6.1：
Semiclassical Solution in General Case / 6.2：
Two-crossing case: (β ≥ 0 / 6.2.1：
Diabatically avoided crossing case: β ≤ 0 / 6.2.2：
Other Exactly Solvable Models / 6.3：
Two-State Problems / Chapter 7：
Diagrammatic Technique / 7.1：
Inelastic Scattering / 7.2：
Elastic Scattering with Resonances and Predissocation / 7.3：
Perturbed Bound States / 7.4：
Time-Dependent Periodic Crossing Problems / 7.5：
Time-Dependent Nonlinear Equations Related to Bose-Einstein Condensate Problems / 7.6：
Wave Packet Dynamics in a Linearly Chirped Laser Field / 7.7：
Effects of Coupling to Phonons and Quantum Devices / Chapters 8：
Effects of Coupling to Phonons / 8.1：
Quantum Devices / 8.2：
Multi-Channel Problems / Chapter 9：
Exactly Solvable Models / 9.1：
Time-independent case / 9.1.1：
Time-dependent case / 9.1.2：
Semiclassical Theory of Time-Independent Multi-Channel Problems / 9.2：
General framework / 9.2.1：
Case of no closed channel (m = 0) / 9.2.1.1：
Case of m ≠ 0 at energies higher than the bottom of the highest adiabatic potential / 9.2.1.2：
Case of m ≠ 0 at energies lower than the bottom of the highest adiabatic potential / 9.2.1.3：
Numerical example / 9.2.2：
Time-Dependent Problems / 9.3：
Multi-Dimensional Problems / Chapter 10：
Classification of Surface Crossing / 10.1：
Crossing seam / 10.1.1：
Conical intersection / 10 1 2：
Rermer-Teller effect / 10.1.3：
Reduction to One-Dimensional Multi-Channel Problem / 10.2：
Linear Jahn-Teller proble / 10.2.1：
Electronically adiabatic chemical reaction / 10.2.2：
Semiclassical Propagation Method / 10.3：
Trajectory surface hopping method / 10.3.1：
Semiclassical initial value representation method / 10.3.2：
Semiclassical frozen Gaussian propagation method / 10.3.3：
Nonadiabatic Transition State Theory / 10.4：
General formulation / 10.4.1：
Improvement of the Marcus theory of electron transfer / 10.4.2：
Complete Reflection and Bound States in the Continuum / Chapter 11：
One NT-Type Crossing Case / 11.1：
Diabatically Avoided Crossing (DAC) Case / 11.2：
Two NT-Type Crossings Case / 11.3：
At energies above the top of the barrier: (Eu, ∞) / 11.3.1：
At energies between the barrier top and the higher crossing: (E+, Eu) / 11.3.2：
At energies in between the two crossing regions: (E E-, E E+) / 11.3.3：
At energies below the crossing points: (-∞,E E-) / 11.3.4：
New Mechanism of Molecular Switching / 11.3.5：
Basic Idea / 12.1：
One-Dimensional Model / 12.2：
Transmission in a pure system / 12.2.1：
Transmission in a system with impurities / 12.2.2：
Two-Dimensional Model / 12.3：
Two-dimensional constriction model / 12.3.1：
Wave functions, matching, and transmission coefficient / 12.3.2：
Numerical Examples / 12.4：
Control of Nonadiabatic Processes by an External Field / Chapter 13：
Floquet Theorem and Nonadiabatic Transitions in a Quasi-Periodic Field / 13.1：
Floquet theorem and dressed state representation / 13.1.1：
Nonadiabatic transitions in a quasi-periodic field / 13.1.2：
Basic ideas / 13.2Control of Nonadiabatic Transitions by Periodically Sweeping External Field：
Basic theory of periodic sweeping / 13.2.2：
Semiclassical Guided Optimal Control Theory / 13.3：
Laser Control of Photodissociation with Use of the Complete Reflection Phenomenon / 13.4：
Comprehension of Nonadiabatic Chemical Dynamics / Chapter 14：
Chemical Reaction Dynamics / 14.1：
Three-dimensional chemical reactions / 14.1.1：
Nonadiabatic chemical reactions / 14.1.2：
Photo-Induced Dynamics / 14.2：
Photo-isomerization of retinal / 14.2.1：
Photo-absorption spectrum / 14.2.2：
Electron Transfer / 14.3：
Normal case / 14.3.1：
Inverted case / 14.3.2：
Control of Chemical Dynamics / Chapter 15：
Efficient Excitation/De-Excitation by Periodic Chirping / 15.1：
Spin tunneling by magnetic field / 15.1.1：
Vibrational and tunneling transitions controlled by laser / 15.1.2：
Selective and complete excitation of energy levels / 15.1.3：
Pump and dump of wave packet / 15.1.4：
Control of Wave Packet Motion and Transition at Conical Intersection / 15.2：
Vibrational isomerization of HCN / 15.2.1：
Giving a pre-determined directed momentum to wave packet / 15.2.2：
Selective Photo-dissociation of OHC1 into O+HCl / 15.2.3：
Selective Photo-Dissociation with Use of the Complete Reflection Phenomenon / 15.3：
Control of π-Electron Rotation and Its Coupling to Molecular Vibration / 15.4：
Manifestation of Molecular Functions / Chapter 16：
Molecular Switching / 16.1：
Hydrogen Transmission Through Carbon Ring / 16.2：
Photo-Chromic Conversion of Cyclohexadiene to Hexatriene / 16.3：
Molecular Motors / 16.4：
Conclusions: Future Perspectives / Chapter 17：
Final Recommended Formulas of the Zhu-Nakamura Theory for General Time-Independent Two-Channel Problem / Appendix A：
Landau-Zener Type (see Fig. A.l) / A.1：
E ≥ Ex / A.1.1：
E ≤ Ex / A.1.2：
Definitions of σzn, σzn, and σψ / A.1.3：
Total scattering matrix / A.1.4：
Nonadiabatic Tunneling Type (see Fig. A.2) / A.2：
E ≥ Eb / A.2.1：
Eb ≥ E ≥ Et / A.2.2：
E ≤ Et / A.2.3：
Time-Dependent Version of the Zhu-Nakamura Theory / Appendix B：
References
Index
Preface to the Second Edition
Preface to the First Edition
Introduction: What is "Nonadiabatic Transition"? / Chapter 1：
18.

図書
図書
18. Statistics for imaging, optics, and photonics
Peter Bajorski
出版情報: Hoboken, N.J. : Wiley, c2012  xiv, 379 p. ; 25 cm
シリーズ名: Wiley series in probability and mathematical statistics
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Introduction / 1：
Who Should Read This Book / 1.1：
How This Book is Organized / 1.2：
How to Read This Book and Learn from It / 1.3：
Note for Instructors / 1.4：
Book Web Site / 1.5：
Fundamentals of Statistics / 2：
Statistical Thinking / 2.1：
Data Format / 2.2：
Descriptive Statistics / 2.3：
Measures of Location / 2.3.1：
Measures of Variability / 2.3.2：
Data Visualization / 2.4：
Dot Plots / 2.4.1：
Histograms / 2.4.2：
Box Plots / 2.4.3：
Scatter Plots / 2.4.4：
Probability and Probability Distributions / 2.5：
Probability and Its Properties / 2.5.1：
Probability Distributions / 2.5.2：
Expected Value and Moments / 2.5.3：
Joint Distributions and Independence / 2.5.4：
Covariance and Correlation / 2.5.5：
Rules of Two and Three Sigma / 2.6：
Sampling Distributions and the Laws of Large Numbers / 2.7：
Skewness and Kurtosis / 2.8：
Statistical Inference / 3：
Point Estimation of Parameters / 3.1：
Definition and Properties of Estimators / 3.2.1：
The Method of the Moments and Plug-In Principle / 3.2.2：
The Maximum Likelihood Estimation / 3.2.3：
Interval Estimation / 3.3：
Hypothesis Testing / 3.4：
Samples From Two Populations / 3.5：
Probability Plots and Testing for Population Distributions / 3.6：
Probability Plots / 3.6.1：
Kolmogorov-Smirnov Statistic / 3.6.2：
Chi-Squared Test / 3.6.3：
Ryan-Joiner Test for Normality / 3.6.4：
Outlier Detection / 3.7：
Monte Carlo Simulations / 3.8：
Bootstrap / 3.9：
Statistical Models / 4：
Regression Models / 4.1：
Simple Linear Regression Model / 4.2.1：
Residual Analysis / 4.2.2：
Multiple Linear Regression and Matrix Notation / 4.2.3：
Geometric Interpretation in an n-Dimensional Space / 4.2.4：
Statistical Inference in Multiple Linear Regression / 4.2.5：
Prediction of the Response and Estimation of the Mean Response / 4.2.6：
More on Checking the Model Assumptions / 4.2.7：
Other Topics in Regression / 4.2.8：
Experimental Design and Analysis / 4.3：
Analysis of Designs with Qualitative Factors / 4.3.1：
Other Topics in Experimental Design / 4.3.2：
Supplement 4A. Vector and Matrix Algebra
Vectors
Matrices
Eigenvalues and Eigenvectors of Matrices
Spectral Decomposition of Matrices
Positive Definite Matrices
A Square Root Matrix
Supplement 4B. Random Vectors and Matrices
Sphering
Fundamentals of Multivariate Statistics / 5：
The Multivariate Random Sample / 5.1：
Multivariate Data Visualization / 5.3：
The Geometry of the Sample / 5.4：
The Geometric Interpretation of the Sample Mean / 5.4.1：
The Geometric Interpretation of the Sample Standard Deviation / 5.4.2：
The Geometric Interpretation of the Sample Correlation Coefficient / 5.4.3：
The Generalized Variance / 5.5：
Distances in the p-Dimensional Space / 5.6：
The Multivariate Normal (Gaussian) Distribution / 5.7：
The Definition and Properties of the Multivariate Normal Distribution / 5.7.1：
Properties of the Mahalanobis Distance / 5.7.2：
Multivariate Statistical Inference / 6：
Inferences About a Mean Vector / 6.1：
Testing the Multivariate Population Mean / 6.2.1：
Interval Estimation for the Multivariate Population Mean / 6.2.2：
Confidence Regions / 6.2.3：
Comparing Mean Vectors from Two Populations / 6.3：
Equal Covariance Matrices / 6.3.1：
Unequal Covariance Matrices and Large Samples / 6.3.2：
Unequal Covariance Matrices and Samples Sizes Not So Large / 6.3.3：
Inferences About a Variance-Covariance Matrix / 6.4：
How to Check Multivariate Normality / 6.5：
Principal Component Analysis / 7：
Definition and Properties of Principal Components / 7.1：
Definition of Principal Components / 7.2.1：
Finding Principal Components / 7.2.2：
Interpretation of Principal Component Loadings / 7.2.3：
Scaling of Variables / 7.2.4：
Stopping Rules for Principal Component Analysis / 7.3：
Fair-Share Stopping Rules / 7.3.1：
Large-Gap Stopping Rules / 7.3.2：
Principal Component Scores / 7.4：
Statistical Inference in Principal Component Analysis / 7.5：
Independent and Identically Distributed Observations / 7.6.1：
Imaging Related Sampling Schemes / 7.6.2：
Further Reading / 7.7：
Canonical Correlation Analysis / 8：
Mathematical Formulation / 8.1：
Practical Application / 8.3：
Calculating Variability Explained by Canonical Variables / 8.4：
Canonical Correlation Regression / 8.5：
Cross-Validation / 8.6：
Discrimination and Classification - Supervised Learning / 9：
Classification for Two Populations / 9.1：
Classification Rules for Multivariate Normal Distributions / 9.2.1：
Cross-Validation of Classification Rules / 9.2.2：
Fisher's Discriminant Function / 9.2.3：
Classification for Several Populations / 9.3：
Gaussian Rules / 9.3.1：
Fisher's Method / 9.3.2：
Spatial Smoothing for Classification / 9.4：
Clustering - Unsupervised Learning / 9.5：
Similarity and Dissimilarity Measures / 10.1：
Similarity and Dissimilarity Measures for Observations / 10.2.1：
Similarity and Dissimilarity Measures for Variables and Other Objects / 10.2.2：
Hierarchical Clustering Methods / 10.3：
Single Linkage Algorithm / 10.3.1：
Complete Linkage Algorithm / 10.3.2：
Average Linkage Algorithm / 10.3.3：
Ward Method / 10.3.4：
Nonhierarchical Clustering Methods / 10.4：
K-Means Method / 10.4.1：
Clustering Variables / 10.5：
Data Sets / 10.6：
Miscellanea / Appendix C：
References
Index
Preface
Introduction / 1：
Who Should Read This Book / 1.1：
19.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
19. Coronal Seismology: Waves and Oscillations in Stellar Coronae
Alexander V. Stepanov, Valery M. Nakariakov, V. V. Zaitsev, Valery V. Zaitsev
出版情報: Wiley Online Library - AutoHoldings Books , Hoboken : Wiley-VCH, 2012
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Introduction / 1：
Magnetic Loops and Open Flux Tubes as Basic Structural Elements in Solar and Stellar Coronae / 1.1：
Data of Observations and Types of Coronal Loops / 1.2：
The MHD Approach for Coronal Plasma / 1.3：
References
Coronal Magnetic Loop as an Equivalent Electric Circuit / 2：
A Physical Model of an Isolated Loop / 2.1：
The Formation of Magnetic Tubes by Photospheric Convection / 2.2：
The Structure of the Coronal Part of a Flux Tube / 2.3：
Diagnostics of Electric Currents / 2.4：
"Warm" Loops / 2.4.1：
"Hot X-ray" Loops / 2.4.2：
Flare Magnetic Loops / 2.4.2.1：
The Equivalent Electric Circuit / 2.5：
Inductive Interaction of Magnetic Loops / 2.6：
Waves of Electric Current in Arcades of Coronal Magnetic Loops / 2.7：
Magnetic Loops above Spots / 2.8：
Resonators for MHD Oscillations in Stellar Coronae / 3：
Eigenmodes of Coronal Loops: The Plasma Cylinder Approach and the Dispersion Equation / 3.1：
Trapped Modes / 3.1.1：
Global Sausage Mode / 3.1.1.1：
Global Kink Mode / 3.1.1.2：
Leaky Modes / 3.1.2：
Sausage Mode / 3.1.2.1：
Kink Modes / 3.1.2.2：
Ballooning Modes / 3.1.3：
MHD Resonator at ∼1 RO in the Solar Corona / 3.2：
Excitation Mechanisms for Loop Oscillations / 3.3：
External Triggers / 3.3.1：
Parametric Excitation of Loop Oscillations by p-Modes / 3.3.2：
Internal Excitation / 3.3.3：
The Excitation of the Sausage Mode by Instantaneous Energy Release / 3.3.3.1：
The Excitation of the Global Kink Mode by Chromosphere Evaporation / 3.3.3.2：
The Excitation of the Sausage Mode by High-Energy Protons under the Bounce-Resonance Condition / 3.3.3.3：
Further Reading
Propagating MHD Waves in Coronal Plasma Waveguides / 4：
MHD Waves in Vertical Coronal Magnetic Flux Tubes / 4.1：
Effects of Stratification / 4.1.1：
Propagating Waves in Coronal Loops / 4.2：
Propagating Compressible Waves in Coronal Loops / 4.2.1：
Transverse Waves in Coronal Loops / 4.2.2：
Waves in Coronal Jets / 4.3：
Evolution of Short-Wavelength, Fast Magnetoacoustic Waves / 4.4：
Alfvén Wave Phase Mixing / 4.5：
Damping of Alfvén Waves because of Phase Mixing / 4.5.1：
Enhanced Nonlinear Generation of Oblique Fast Waves by Phase-Mixed Alfvén Waves / 4.5.2：
Prominence Seismology / 5：
Prominence Models / 5.1：
Prominence Oscillations / 5.2：
The Heating Effect / 5.3：
Nonlinear Oscillations: Dynamical Modes / 5.4：
Flare Processes in Prominences / 5.5：
Stellar and Interstellar Prominences / 5.6：
The Coronal Loop as a Magnetic Mirror Trap / 6：
Particle Distribution in a Coronal Loop / 6.1：
Gyrosynchrotron Emission from a Flaring Loop / 6.1.1：
Kinetic Instabilities in a Loop / 6.2：
A Loop as an Electron Cyclotron Maser / 6.2.1：
The Plasma Mechanism of the Radio Emission from Coronal Loops / 6.2.2：
Instabilities of Whistlers and Small-Scale Alfvén Waves / 6.2.3：
The Fine Structure of Radio Emission from Coronal Loops / 6.3：
Sudden Reductions / 6.3.1：
Zebra Pattern / 6.3.2：
Diagnostics of Coronal Plasma Using the Fine Structure of Radio Emission / 6.3.3：
Flaring Events in Stellar Coronal Loops / 7：
Particle Acceleration and Explosive Joule Heating in Current-Carrying Loops / 7.1：
Where Is the Acceleration Region Located? / 7.1.1：
Large-Scale Electric Fields in Flare Loops / 7.1.2：
The Charge-Separation Electric Field / 7.1.2.1：
Inductive Electric Field / 7.1.2.2：
The Impulsive and Pulsating Modes of Acceleration / 7.1.3：
The Current of Accelerated Electrons (Colgate's Paradox) / 7.1.4：
Explosive Joule Energy Release. The Role of Flute Instability and Cowling Conductivity / 7.1.5：
The Kinematics of Energetic Particles in a Loop and the Consequent Radiation / 7.2：
Diffusion Regimes of Accelerated Particles in Coronal Loops / 7.2.1：
Consequences of the Strong Diffusion of Energetic Particles / 7.2.2：
Turbulent Propagation of Fast Electrons in a Loop / 7.2.2.1：
Turbulent Propagation of Superthermal Ions: the Absence of Linear Polarization in Ha Emission of a Solar Flare / 7.2.2.2：
Time Delays in Hard X-Ray and λ-Ray Emission / 7.2.2.3：
Transformation of Energetic Particle Spectra in a Coronal Loop / 7.2.2.4：
Stellar Coronal Seismology as a Diagnostic Tool for Flare Plasma / 8：
Modulation of Flaring Emission by MHD Oscillations / 8.1：
Modulation of Gyrosynchrotron Emission / 8.1.1：
Modulation of Plasma Radiation / 8.1.2：
Modulation of the Electron Precipitation Rate / 8.1.3：
Global Sausage Mode and Diagnostics of the Solar Event of 12 January 2000 / 8.2：
Dissipative Processes in Coronal Loop for MHD Modes / 8.3：
The Stellar Flare Plasma Diagnostics from Multiwavelength Observations Stellar Flares / 8.4：
Pulsations in the Optical Range (U,B) in an EV Lac Flare / 8.4.1：
Quasi-Periodic Oscillations (QPOs) from EQ Peg / 8.4.2：
Soft X-Ray Pulsations from a Flare of AT Mic / 8.4.3：
Diagnostics of Electric Currents in Stellar Atmospheres / 8.5：
Observational Evidence for Energy Accumulation and Dissipation in Coronal Magnetic Loop / 8.5.1：
Pulsating Microwave Emission from AD Leo / 8.5.2：
Heating Mechanisms in Stellar Coronae / 9：
Wave Heating / 9.1：
Parametric Excitation of Acoustic Oscillations / 9.1.1：
The Energy of Acoustic Oscillations / 9.1.2：
Acoustic Wave Heating Function / 9.1.3：
Thermal Balance in a Coronal Magnetic Loop / 9.1.4：
Hot X-Ray Loops in the Solar Corona / 9.1.5：
Magnetic Loops in Late-Type Stars / 9.1.6：
Ohmic Dissipation of Electric Currents / 9.2：
Heating by Microflares / 9.3：
Loops and QPOs in Neutron Stars and Accretion Disk Coronae / 10：
The Origin of Fast QPOs from Magnetars and Diagnostics of Magnetar Corona / 10.1：
A Brief Overview of the Existing Models / 10.1.1：
An Equivalent Electric RLC Circuit / 10.1.2：
The Flare of SGR 1806-20 on 27 December 2004 / 10.1.3：
Excitation of High-Frequency Current Oscillations of the Current in Coronal Loop / 10.1.4：
Coronae of Accretion Disks / 10.2：
Accretion Disk Corona of Cyg X-1 / 10.2.1：
QPOs in Accretion Disks / 10.2.2：
Conclusions / 11：
Index
Preface
Introduction / 1：
Magnetic Loops and Open Flux Tubes as Basic Structural Elements in Solar and Stellar Coronae / 1.1：
20.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
20. Transparent Oxide Electronics: From Materials to Devices
Rodrigo Martins, Pedro Barquinha, Elvira Fortunato, Luís Pereira
出版情報: Wiley Online Library - AutoHoldings Books , Hoboken : John Wiley & Sons, Incorporated, 2012
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Acknowledgments
Introduction / 1：
Oxides and Transparent Electronics: Fundamental Research or Heading Towards Commercial Products? / 1.1：
The Need for Transparent (Semi)Conductors / 1.2：
Reaching Full Transparency: Dielectrics and Substrates / 1.3：
References
N-type Transparent Semiconducting Oxides / 2：
Introduction: Binary and Multicomponent Oxides / 2.1：
Binary Compounds: the Examples of Zinc Oxide and Indium Oxide / 2.1.1：
Ternary and Quaternary Compounds: the Examples of Indium-Zinc Oxide and Gallium-Indium-Zinc Oxide / 2.1.2：
Sputtered n-TSOs: Gallium-Indium-Zinc Oxide System / 2.2：
Dependence of the Growth Rate on Oxygen Content in the Ar+O2, Mixture and Target Composition / 2.2.1：
Structural and Morphological Properties / 2.2.2：
Electrical Properties / 2.2.3：
Optical Properties / 2.2.4：
Sputtered n-TSOs: Gallium-Zinc-Tin Oxide System / 2.3：
Solution-Processed n-TSOs / 2.4：
ZTO by Spray-pyrolysis / 2.4.1：
ZTO by Sol-gel Spin-coating / 2.4.2：
GIZO Sol-gel by Spin-coating / 2.4.3：
P-type Transparent Conductors and Semiconductors / 3：
P-type Transparent Conductive Oxides / 3.1：
Thin Film Copper Oxide Semiconductors / 3.3：
Role of Oxygen in the Structure, Electrical and Optical Performance / 3.3.1：
Thin Film Tin Oxide Semiconductors / 3.4：
Structure, Composition and Morphology of Tin Oxide Films / 3.4.1：
Electrical and Optical Properties of Tin Oxide Films / 3.4.2：
Gate Dielectrics in Oxide Electronics / 4：
High-κ Dielectrics: Why Not? / 4.1：
Requirements / 4.3：
High-κ Dielectrics Deposition / 4.4：
Sputtered High-κ Dielectrics in Oxide TFTs / 4.5：
Hafnium Oxide / 4.6：
Multicomponent Co-sputtered HfO2, Based Dielectrics / 4.6.1：
Multicomponent Dielectrics from Single Target / 4.6.2：
Tantalum Oxide (Ta2O5) / 4.7：
Multicomponent Ta2O5 Based Dielectrics / 4.7.1：
Multilayer Dielectrics / 4.8：
High-κ Dielectrics/Oxide Semiconductors Interface / 4.9：
Summary / 4.10：
The (R)evolution of Thin-Film Transistors (TFTs) / 5：
Introduction: Device Operation, History and Main Semiconductor Technologies / 5.1：
Device Structure and Operation / 5.1.1：
Brief History of TFTs / 5.1.2：
Comparative Overview of Dominant TFT Technologies / 5.1.3：
Fabrication and Characterization of Oxide TFTs / 5.2：
N-type GIZO TFTs by Physical Vapor Deposition / 5.2.1：
N-type GZTO TFTs by Physical Vapor Deposition / 5.2.2：
N-type Oxide TFTs by Solution Processing / 5.2.3：
P-type Oxide TFTs by Physical Vapor Deposition / 5.2.4：
N-type GIZO TFTs with Sputtered Dielectrics / 5.2.5：
Electronics With and On Paper / 6：
Paper in Electronics / 6.1：
Paper Properties / 6.3：
Structure, Morphology and Thermal Properties / 6.3.1：
Electrical Properties of the Paper / 6.3.2：
Resistivity Behaviour of Transparent Conductive Oxides Deposited on Paper / 6.4：
Paper Transistors / 6.5：
Current Transport in Paper Transistors / 6.5.1：
Floating Gate Non-volatile Paper Memory Transistor / 6.6：
Memory Paper Device Feasibility and Stability / 6.6.1：
Memory Selective and Charge Retention Time Behaviors / 6.6.2：
Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor Circuits With and On Paper-Paper CMOS / 6.7：
Capacitance-Voltage and Current-Voltage Characteristics of N/P-Type Paper Transistors / 6.7.1：
N- and P-channel Paper FET Operation / 6.7.2：
CMOS Inverter Working Principles / 6.7.3：
Paper CMOS Performance / 6.7.4：
Solid State Paper Batteries / 6.8：
Electrochromic Paper Transistors / 6.9：
Paper UV Light Sensors / 6.10：
A Glance at Current and Upcoming Applications / 7：
Introduction: Emerging Areas for (Non-)transparent Electronics Based on Oxide Semiconductors / 7.1：
Active Matrices for Displays / 7.2：
Display Market Overview and Future Trends / 7.2.1：
Driving Schemes and TFT Requirements for LCD and OLED Displays / 7.2.2：
Displays with Oxide-Based Backplanes / 7.2.3：
Transparent Circuits / 7.3：
Inverters and Ring Oscillators / 7.3.1：
The Introduction of Oxide CMOS / 7.3.2：
Oxide Semiconductor Heterojunctions / 7.4：
Oxide Semiconductor Heterojunctions in the Literature / 7.4.1：
GIZO Heterojunctions Fabricated at CENTMAT / 7.4.2：
Field Effect Biosensors / 7.5：
Device Types and Working Principles / 7.5.1：
Oxide-Based Biosensors Fabricated at CENTMAT / 7.5.2：
Index
Preface
Acknowledgments
Introduction / 1：
21.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
21. Natural Gas Engineering Handbook
Boyan Guo, Ali Ghalambor
出版情報: Elsevier ScienceDirect Books Complete , Burlington : Gulf Publishing Company, 2012
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
List of Spreadsheet Programs
Spreadsheet Programs and Functions
List of Nomenclature
Introduction / 1：
What Is Natural Gas? / 1.1：
Utilization of Natural Gas / 1.2：
Natural Gas Industry / 1.3：
Natural Gas Reserves / 1.4：
Types of Natural Gas Resources / 1.5：
Future of the Natural Gas Industry / 1.6：
Properties of Natural Gas / 2：
Specific Gravity / 2.1：
Pseudocritical Properties / 2.3：
Viscosity / 2.4：
Compressibility Factor / 2.5：
Gas Density / 2.6：
Formation Volume Factor and Expansion Factor / 2.7：
Compressibility of Natural Gas / 2.8：
Real Gas Pseudopressure / 2.9：
Real Gas Normalized Pressure / 2.10：
Gas Reservoir Deliverability / 3：
Analytical Methods / 3.1：
Empirical Methods / 3.3：
Construction of Inflow Performance Relationship Curve / 3.4：
Horizontal Wells / 3.5：
Multi-Fractured Horizontal Wells / 3.6：
Shale Gas Wells / 3.7：
Well Deliverability Testing / 3.8：
Flow-After-Flow Test / 3.8.1：
Isochronal Test / 3.8.2：
Modified Isochronal Test / 3.8.3：
Wellbore Performance / 4：
Single-Phase Gas Well / 4.1：
The Average Temperature and Compressibility Factor Method / 4.2.1：
The Cullender and Smith Method / 4.2.2：
Mist Flow in Gas Wells / 4.3：
Choke Performance / 5：
Sonic and Subsonic Flow / 5.1：
Dry Gas Flow through Chokes / 5.3：
Subsonic Flow / 5.3.1：
Sonic Flow / 5.3.2：
Temperature at Choke / 5.3.3：
Applications / 5.3.4：
Wet Gas Flow through Chokes / 5.4：
Well Deliverability / 6：
Nodal Analysis / 6.1：
Analysis with the Bottom Hole Node / 6.2.1：
Analysis with Wellhead Node / 6.2.2：
Production Forecast / 6.3：
Separation / 7：
Separation of Gas and Liquids / 7.1：
Principles of Separation / 7.2.1：
Types of Separators / 7.2.2：
Factors Affecting Separation / 7.2.3：
Separator Design / 7.2.4：
Stage Separation / 7.3：
Flash Calculation / 7.4：
Low-Temperature Separation / 7.5：
Dehydration / 8：
Dehydration of Natural Gas / 8.1：
Water Content of Natural Gas Streams / 8.2.1：
Dehydration Systems / 8.2.2：
Glycol Dehydrator Design / 8.2.3：
Removal of Acid Gases / 8.3：
Iron-Sponge Sweetening / 8.3.1：
Alkanolamine Sweetening / 8.3.2：
Glycol/Amine Process / 8.3.3：
Sulfinol Process / 8.3.4：
Compression and Cooling / 9：
Types of Compressors / 9.1：
Selection of Reciprocating Compressors / 9.3：
Volumetric Efficiency / 9.3.1：
Stage Compression / 9.3.2：
Isentropic Horsepower / 9.3.3：
Selection of Centrifugal Compressors / 9.4：
Selection of Rotary Blowers / 9.5：
Volumetric Measurement / 10：
Measurement with Orifice Meters / 10.1：
Orifice Equation / 10.2.1：
Recording Charts / 10.2.2：
Computation of Volumes / 10.2.3：
Selection of Orifice Meter / 10.2.4：
Other Methods of Measurement / 10.3：
Displacement Metering / 10.3.1：
Turbine Meter / 10.3.2：
Elbow Meter / 10.3.3：
Natural Gas Liquid Measurement / 10.4：
Transportation / 11：
Pipeline Design / 11.1：
Sizing Pipelines / 11.2.1：
Pipeline Wall Thickness / 11.2.2：
Transportation of LNG / 11.3：
Special Problems / 12：
Liquid Loading on Gas Wells / 12.1：
Turner's Method / 12.2.1：
Guo's Method / 12.2.2：
Comparison of Methods / 12.2.3：
Solutions to the Liquid Loading Problem / 12.2.4：
Hydrate Control / 12.3：
Hydrate-Forming Conditions / 12.3.1：
Preventing Hydrate Formation / 12.3.2：
Pipeline Cleaning / 12.4：
Pigging System / 12.4.1：
Selection of Pigs / 12.4.2：
Major Applications / 12.4.3：
Pigging Procedure / 12.4.4：
Pseudopressures of Sweet Natural Gases / A：
Normalized Pressures of Sweet Natural Gases / B：
Orifice Meter Tables for Natural Gas / C：
The Minimum Gas Production Rate for Water Removal in Gas Wells / D：
The Minimum Gas Production Rate for Condensate Removal in Gas Wells / E：
Mathematical Model for Obtaining Correction Factor Fg / F：
Index
Preface
List of Spreadsheet Programs
Spreadsheet Programs and Functions
22.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
22. High-Pressure Fluid Phase Equilibria
Ulrich K. Deiters, Thomas Kraska
出版情報: Elsevier ScienceDirect Books , Elsevier, 2012
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Symbols
Foreword
Preface
Introduction / 1：
What are Fluids? / 1.1：
Why Should You Read This Book? / 1.2：
What is the Scope of This Book? / 1.3：
Do You Have to Read the Whole Book? / 1.4：
Some Conventions / 1.5：
Phenomenology of Phase Diagrams / 2：
Basic Considerations / 2.1：
Phase Diagrams-Cuts and Projections / 2.1.1：
Subcritical Vapor-Liquid Equilibria / 2.1.2：
The Lever Rule / 2.1.3：
Supercritical Vapor-Liquid Equilibria / 2.1.4：
Volumetric Behavior / 2.1.5：
Experimentally Known Binary Phase Diagram Classes / 2.2：
Class I / 2.2.1：
Class II / 2.2.2：
Class III / 2.2.3：
Class IV / 2.2.4：
Class V / 2.2.5：
Class VI / 2.2.6：
Class VII / 2.2.7：
Class VIII / 2.2.8：
Rational Nomenclature of Phase Diagram Classes / 2.3：
Ternary Phase Diagrams / 2.4：
One Immiscible Binary Subsystem / 2.4.1：
Two Immiscible Binary Subsystems / 2.4.2：
Three Immiscible Binary Subsystems / 2.4.3：
No Immiscible Binary Subsystems / 2.4.4：
The Ternary Lever Rule / 2.4.5：
Three-Dimensional Representations / 2.4.6：
Miscibility Windows and Cosolvency / 2.4.7：
Phase Diagrams of Polymer Solutions / 2.5：
Problems / 2.6：
Experimental Observation of Phase Equilibria / 3：
Warning / 3.1：
Overview / 3.2：
Synthetic Methods / 3.3：
Analytic Methods / 3.4：
Transient Methods / 3.5：
Methods Using Flow of Matter / 3.5.1：
Methods Using Heat Flow / 3.5.2：
Thermodynamic Variables and Functions / 3.6：
Fundamentals / 4.1：
Energy Functions and the Equation of State / 4.2：
Residual, Excess, and Partial Molar Quantities / 4.3：
Residual Quantities / 4.3.1：
Excess Quantities / 4.3.2：
Partial Molar Quantities / 4.3.3：
Jacobian Determinants / 4.4：
Variables of Historical Importance / 4.5：
Stability and Equilibrium / 4.6：
Criteria of Equilibrium / 5.1：
Thermodynamic Stability and Equilibrium Criteria Based on the Second Law / 5.2：
Phase Equilibria of Pure Substances / 5.3：
Differential Equations / 5.3.1：
Algebraic Equations / 5.3.2：
Critical Points of Pure Fluids / 5.4：
Phase Equilibria of Binary Mixtures / 5.5：
Algebraic Equations Based on the Gibbs Energy / 5.5.1：
Vapor-Liquid Equilibria at Infinite Dilution / 5.5.3：
Mixtures in the Vicinity of Pure-Fluid Critical Points / 5.5.4：
The Isobaric Phase Diagram of an Ideal Mixture / 5.5.5：
Azeotropy / 5.5.6：
Critical Curves / 5.6：
Critical Endpoints / 5.6.1：
Three-Phase Curves / 5.7：
Isochoric Thermodynamics / 5.8：
Isochoric Thermodynamics and Phase Equilibrium / 5.8.1：
Local Stability / 5.8.2：
Mechanical Stability / 5.8.3：
Computation / 5.8.4：
Heat Effects of Phase Transitions / 5.9：
Solid-Fluid Equilibrium / 6：
Thermodynamic Functions of Solids / 6.1：
Equilibrium of a Pure Solid and Mixed Fluid Phase / 6.2：
Remarks on Phase Diagrams of Binary Mixtures / 6.3：
Impure Solids / 6.4：
Continuous Miscibility / 6.4.1：
Continuous Solubility on Interstitial Sites (Clathrates) / 6.4.2：
Formation of Stoichiometric Compounds / 6.4.3：
Equations of State for Pure Fluids / 6.5：
The Ideal Gas / 7.1：
The Virial Equation of State / 7.3：
Cubic Equations of State / 7.4：
The van der Waals Equation of State / 7.4.1：
The Redlich-Kwong Equation / 7.4.2：
The Redlich-Kwong-Soave Equation / 7.4.3：
The Peng-Robinson Equation / 7.4.4：
Generalized Cubic Equations of State / 7.4.5：
Equations of State Based on Molecular Theory / 7.5：
Hard-Sphere Equations of State / 7.5.1：
Attraction Terms / 7.5.2：
Perturbed-Hard-Chain Theories / 7.5.3：
Perturbation Theories / 7.5.4：
Chemical Association Theories / 7.5.5：
Reference Equations of State / 7.6：
The Corresponding-States Principle / 7.7：
Near-Critical Behavior / 7.8：
Which Equation of State is Best? / 7.9：
How to Obtain the Parameters / 7.10：
Equations of State for Mixtures / 7.11：
The Random Mixing Approximation / 8.1：
One-Fluid Theory / 8.3：
Combining Rules / 8.4：
n-Fluid Theories / 8.5：
The Mean-Density Approximation / 8.6：
Advanced Theory / 8.7：
GE-Based Mixing Rules / 8.8：
Anything Goes? / 8.9：
Fuzzy Components / 8.10：
Continuous Thermodynamics / 8.10.1：
Pseudocomponents / 8.10.2：
Global Phase Diagrams / 8.11：
The Concept / 9.1：
The Coordinates of Global Phase Diagrams / 9.2：
Boundary States / 9.3：
Double Critical Endpoints / 9.3.1：
Tricritical Points / 9.3.2：
Border Azeotropy / 9.3.3：
Critical Azeotropic Endpoints / 9.3.4：
Zero-Kelvin Endpoints / 9.3.5：
Critical Pressure Step Points / 9.3.6：
Global Phase Diagrams for Specific Models / 9.4：
The Redlich-Kwong Equation of State / 9.4.1：
The Carnahan-Starling-Redlich-Kwong Equation of State / 9.4.3：
The Carnahan-Starling-van der Waals Equation of State / 9.4.4：
Lattice Gas Models / 9.4.5：
Other Equations of State / 9.4.6：
Are Shield and Sword Regions Realistic? / 9.4.7：
Applications of Global Phase Diagrams / 9.5：
Ternary Systems / 9.6：
Algebraic and Numeric Methods / 9.7：
Errors / A.1：
Round-off Errors / A.1.1：
Termination Errors / A.1.2：
Root of a One-Dimensional Function: Substitution Methods / A.2：
Root of a One-Dimensional Function: Regula Falsi / A.3：
Root of a One-Dimensional Function: Newton's Method / A.4：
Roots of Cubic Polynomials / A.5：
Cardano's Method / A.5.1：
Fast Numeric Method / A.5.2：
The Roots of Quartic Polynomials / A.6：
The Roots of Quintic Polynomials / A.7：
Numerical Differentiation / A.8：
Symmetric Differentiation Methods / A.8.1：
Asymmetric Differentiation Methods / A.8.2：
Numerical Integration / A.9：
Simpson's/Newton's Method / A.9.1：
Gauss' and Chebyshev's Methods / A.9.2：
Romberg's Method / A.9.3：
Improper Integrals / A.9.4：
Ordinary Differential Equations: Runge-Kutta Method / A.10：
Linear Algebra / A.11：
Eigenvalues of a Symmetric Matrix / A.12：
Parameter Fitting and Systems of Nonlinear Equations / A.13：
Proofs / Appendix B：
Legendre Transformation / B.1：
The Slopes of Isochores / B.2：
The Expansion Theorem of Jacobian Determinants / B.3：
Equations of State: Auxiliary Equations for Programming / Appendix C：
The Redlich-Kwong-Soave Equation of State / C.1：
The Peng-Robinson Equation of State / C.4：
The Simplified Perturbed-Hard-Chain Equation of State / C.5：
Solutions of the Problems / Appendix D：
References
Index
Symbols
Foreword
Preface
23.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
23. High-Pressure Fluid Phase Equilibria
Ulrich K. Deiters, Thomas Kraska
出版情報: Elsevier ScienceDirect Books Complete , Elsevier, 2012
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Symbols
Foreword
Preface
Introduction / 1：
What are Fluids? / 1.1：
Why Should You Read This Book? / 1.2：
What is the Scope of This Book? / 1.3：
Do You Have to Read the Whole Book? / 1.4：
Some Conventions / 1.5：
Phenomenology of Phase Diagrams / 2：
Basic Considerations / 2.1：
Phase Diagrams-Cuts and Projections / 2.1.1：
Subcritical Vapor-Liquid Equilibria / 2.1.2：
The Lever Rule / 2.1.3：
Supercritical Vapor-Liquid Equilibria / 2.1.4：
Volumetric Behavior / 2.1.5：
Experimentally Known Binary Phase Diagram Classes / 2.2：
Class I / 2.2.1：
Class II / 2.2.2：
Class III / 2.2.3：
Class IV / 2.2.4：
Class V / 2.2.5：
Class VI / 2.2.6：
Class VII / 2.2.7：
Class VIII / 2.2.8：
Rational Nomenclature of Phase Diagram Classes / 2.3：
Ternary Phase Diagrams / 2.4：
One Immiscible Binary Subsystem / 2.4.1：
Two Immiscible Binary Subsystems / 2.4.2：
Three Immiscible Binary Subsystems / 2.4.3：
No Immiscible Binary Subsystems / 2.4.4：
The Ternary Lever Rule / 2.4.5：
Three-Dimensional Representations / 2.4.6：
Miscibility Windows and Cosolvency / 2.4.7：
Phase Diagrams of Polymer Solutions / 2.5：
Problems / 2.6：
Experimental Observation of Phase Equilibria / 3：
Warning / 3.1：
Overview / 3.2：
Synthetic Methods / 3.3：
Analytic Methods / 3.4：
Transient Methods / 3.5：
Methods Using Flow of Matter / 3.5.1：
Methods Using Heat Flow / 3.5.2：
Thermodynamic Variables and Functions / 3.6：
Fundamentals / 4.1：
Energy Functions and the Equation of State / 4.2：
Residual, Excess, and Partial Molar Quantities / 4.3：
Residual Quantities / 4.3.1：
Excess Quantities / 4.3.2：
Partial Molar Quantities / 4.3.3：
Jacobian Determinants / 4.4：
Variables of Historical Importance / 4.5：
Stability and Equilibrium / 4.6：
Criteria of Equilibrium / 5.1：
Thermodynamic Stability and Equilibrium Criteria Based on the Second Law / 5.2：
Phase Equilibria of Pure Substances / 5.3：
Differential Equations / 5.3.1：
Algebraic Equations / 5.3.2：
Critical Points of Pure Fluids / 5.4：
Phase Equilibria of Binary Mixtures / 5.5：
Algebraic Equations Based on the Gibbs Energy / 5.5.1：
Vapor-Liquid Equilibria at Infinite Dilution / 5.5.3：
Mixtures in the Vicinity of Pure-Fluid Critical Points / 5.5.4：
The Isobaric Phase Diagram of an Ideal Mixture / 5.5.5：
Azeotropy / 5.5.6：
Critical Curves / 5.6：
Critical Endpoints / 5.6.1：
Three-Phase Curves / 5.7：
Isochoric Thermodynamics / 5.8：
Isochoric Thermodynamics and Phase Equilibrium / 5.8.1：
Local Stability / 5.8.2：
Mechanical Stability / 5.8.3：
Computation / 5.8.4：
Heat Effects of Phase Transitions / 5.9：
Solid-Fluid Equilibrium / 6：
Thermodynamic Functions of Solids / 6.1：
Equilibrium of a Pure Solid and Mixed Fluid Phase / 6.2：
Remarks on Phase Diagrams of Binary Mixtures / 6.3：
Impure Solids / 6.4：
Continuous Miscibility / 6.4.1：
Continuous Solubility on Interstitial Sites (Clathrates) / 6.4.2：
Formation of Stoichiometric Compounds / 6.4.3：
Equations of State for Pure Fluids / 6.5：
The Ideal Gas / 7.1：
The Virial Equation of State / 7.3：
Cubic Equations of State / 7.4：
The van der Waals Equation of State / 7.4.1：
The Redlich-Kwong Equation / 7.4.2：
The Redlich-Kwong-Soave Equation / 7.4.3：
The Peng-Robinson Equation / 7.4.4：
Generalized Cubic Equations of State / 7.4.5：
Equations of State Based on Molecular Theory / 7.5：
Hard-Sphere Equations of State / 7.5.1：
Attraction Terms / 7.5.2：
Perturbed-Hard-Chain Theories / 7.5.3：
Perturbation Theories / 7.5.4：
Chemical Association Theories / 7.5.5：
Reference Equations of State / 7.6：
The Corresponding-States Principle / 7.7：
Near-Critical Behavior / 7.8：
Which Equation of State is Best? / 7.9：
How to Obtain the Parameters / 7.10：
Equations of State for Mixtures / 7.11：
The Random Mixing Approximation / 8.1：
One-Fluid Theory / 8.3：
Combining Rules / 8.4：
n-Fluid Theories / 8.5：
The Mean-Density Approximation / 8.6：
Advanced Theory / 8.7：
GE-Based Mixing Rules / 8.8：
Anything Goes? / 8.9：
Fuzzy Components / 8.10：
Continuous Thermodynamics / 8.10.1：
Pseudocomponents / 8.10.2：
Global Phase Diagrams / 8.11：
The Concept / 9.1：
The Coordinates of Global Phase Diagrams / 9.2：
Boundary States / 9.3：
Double Critical Endpoints / 9.3.1：
Tricritical Points / 9.3.2：
Border Azeotropy / 9.3.3：
Critical Azeotropic Endpoints / 9.3.4：
Zero-Kelvin Endpoints / 9.3.5：
Critical Pressure Step Points / 9.3.6：
Global Phase Diagrams for Specific Models / 9.4：
The Redlich-Kwong Equation of State / 9.4.1：
The Carnahan-Starling-Redlich-Kwong Equation of State / 9.4.3：
The Carnahan-Starling-van der Waals Equation of State / 9.4.4：
Lattice Gas Models / 9.4.5：
Other Equations of State / 9.4.6：
Are Shield and Sword Regions Realistic? / 9.4.7：
Applications of Global Phase Diagrams / 9.5：
Ternary Systems / 9.6：
Algebraic and Numeric Methods / 9.7：
Errors / A.1：
Round-off Errors / A.1.1：
Termination Errors / A.1.2：
Root of a One-Dimensional Function: Substitution Methods / A.2：
Root of a One-Dimensional Function: Regula Falsi / A.3：
Root of a One-Dimensional Function: Newton's Method / A.4：
Roots of Cubic Polynomials / A.5：
Cardano's Method / A.5.1：
Fast Numeric Method / A.5.2：
The Roots of Quartic Polynomials / A.6：
The Roots of Quintic Polynomials / A.7：
Numerical Differentiation / A.8：
Symmetric Differentiation Methods / A.8.1：
Asymmetric Differentiation Methods / A.8.2：
Numerical Integration / A.9：
Simpson's/Newton's Method / A.9.1：
Gauss' and Chebyshev's Methods / A.9.2：
Romberg's Method / A.9.3：
Improper Integrals / A.9.4：
Ordinary Differential Equations: Runge-Kutta Method / A.10：
Linear Algebra / A.11：
Eigenvalues of a Symmetric Matrix / A.12：
Parameter Fitting and Systems of Nonlinear Equations / A.13：
Proofs / Appendix B：
Legendre Transformation / B.1：
The Slopes of Isochores / B.2：
The Expansion Theorem of Jacobian Determinants / B.3：
Equations of State: Auxiliary Equations for Programming / Appendix C：
The Redlich-Kwong-Soave Equation of State / C.1：
The Peng-Robinson Equation of State / C.4：
The Simplified Perturbed-Hard-Chain Equation of State / C.5：
Solutions of the Problems / Appendix D：
References
Index
Symbols
Foreword
Preface
24.

図書
図書
24. Fundamentals of organometallic catalysis (: hbk ; : pbk)
Dirk Steinborn
出版情報: Weinheim : Wiley-VCH, c2012  xvii, 456 p. ; 24 cm
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Introduction
The Beginnings of Catalytic Research
The Catalysis Definitions of Berzelius and Ostwald
Principles of Organometallic Catalysis
Homogeneous versus Heterogeneous Catalysis
Catalytic Cycles
Activity and Productivity of Catalysts
Selectivity and Specificity of Catalysts
Determination of Catalytic Mechanisms
Glossary for Catalysis
The Development of Organometallic Catalysis
Elementary Steps in Organometallic Catalysis
Cleavage and Coordination of Ligands
Oxidative Addition and Reductive Elimination
Oxidative Coupling and Reductive Cleavage
Olefin Insertion and Beta-Hydrogen Elimination
Alpha-Hydrogen Elimination and Carbene Insertion Reactions
Addition of Nucleophiles and Heterolytic Fragmentation
Insertion and Extrusion of CO
One-Electron Reduction and Oxidation
Hydrogenation of Olefins
The Wilkinson Catalyst
Enantioselective Hydrogenation
Dihydrogen Complexes and H2 Activation
Transfer Hydrogenation
Hydroformylation of Olefins and Fischer-Tropsch Synthesis
Cobalt Catalysts
Phosphane-Modified Rhodium Catalysts
Enantioselective Hydroformylation
Significance of Hydroformylation and Outlook
The Fischer-Tropsch Synthesis
Carbonylation of Methanol and Water-Gas Shift Reaction
Principles
The Monsanto Process
Synthesis of Acetic Anhydride
The Cativa Process
Water-Gas Shift Reaction and Carbon Monoxide Dehydrogenases
Metathesis
Metathesis of Olefins
Metathesis of Alkynes
Enyne Metathesis
Delta-Bond Metathesis
Metathesis of Alanes
Oligomerization of Olefins
Ziegler Growth Reaction
Nickel Effect and Nickel-Catalyzed Dimerization of Ethene
Trimerization of Ethene
Shell Higher Olefin and Alpha-Sablin Processes
Polymerization of Olefins
Ethene Polymerization
Propene Polymerization
Metallocene Catalysts
Nonmetallocene Catalysts
Copolymerization of Olefins and CO
C-C Linkage of Dienes
Allyl and Butadiene Complexes
Organometallic Elementary Steps of Allyl Ligands
Oligomerization and Telomerization of Butadiene
Polymerization of Butadiene
C-C Coupling Reactions
Palladium-Catalyzed Cross-Coupling Reactions
The Heck Reaction
Palladium-Catalyzed Allylic Alkylation
Hydrocyanation, Hydrosilylation, and Hydroamination of Olefins
Hydrocyanation
Hydrosilylation
Hydroamination
Oxidation of Olefins and Alkanes
The Wacker Process
Epoxidation of Olefins
C-H Functionalization of Alkanes
Nitrogen Fixation
Fundamentals
Heterogeneously Catalyzed Nitrogen Fixation
Enzyme-Catalyzed Nitrogen Fixation
Homogeneously Catalyzed Nitrogen Fixation
Index of Frequently Used Abbreviations
Homogeneously Catalyzed Reactions / 1：
Heterogeneously Catalyzed Reactions / 1.1.2：
Berzelius' Catalysis Concept / 1.2：
Ostwald's Definition of Catalysis / 1.2.2：
Catalytic Activity / 2：
Catalytic Productivity / 2.3.2：
Conversion Time Plots / 2.3.3：
Experimental Studies / 2.4：
Theoretical Studies / 2.5.2：
Oxidative Addition and Reductive Elirnination / 2.6：
Olefin Insertion and p-Hydrogen Elimination / 3.3：
α-Hydrogen Elimination and Carbene Insertion Reactions / 3.5：
One Electron Reduction and Oxidation / 3.6：
Mechanism of Olefin Hydrogenation / 4：
Applications and Examples / 4.3：
Applications for Asymmetric Hydrogenation / 4.3.2.1：
Combinatorial Catalysis / 4.3.2.2：
Nonlinear Effects / 4.3.2.3：
KineticaHy Controlled Enantioselectivity-A Closer Look / 4.3.3：
Dihydrogen Complexes / 4.4：
Activation of Dihydrogen / 4.4.2：
Phosphane Modified Rhodium Catalysts / 4.5：
Enantioselecrive Hydroformylation / 5.3：
Diphosphates as Ligands / 5.4：
Biphasic Catalysis / 5.4.2：
Synthesis of Vitamin A / 5.4.3：
Carbon Dioxide as Alternative to CO / 5.4.4：
Combinatorial and Supramolecular Catalysis / 5.4.5：
Mechanism / 5.5：
Carbonylation of Methanol and Water Gas Shift Reaction / 6：
Water Gas Shift Reaction and Carbon Monoxide Dehydrogenases / 6.1：
Water Gas Shift Reaction / 6.5.1：
Carbon Monoxide Dehydrogenases / 6.5.2：
Catalysts / 7：
Mechanism A Closer Look / 7.1.4：
Metathesis of Cycloalkenes / 7.1.5：
Metathesis of Acyclic Dienes / 7.1.6：
Enantioselective Metathesis / 7.1.7：
Bond Metathesis / 7.2：
Metathesis of Alkanes / 7.5：
Alkane Metathesis Via Tandem Reactions / 7.5.1：
Shell Higher Olefin and α-Sablin Processes / 8：
The Shell Higher Olefin Process (SHOP) / 8.4.1：
α-Sablin Process / 8.4.2：
Use of Linear α-Olefins / 8.4.3：
Ziegler Catalysts / 9：
Phillips Catalysts / 9.2.2：
Polymer Types and Process Specifications / 9.2.4：
Regioselectivity and Stereoselectivity / 9.3：
Ziegler-Natta Catalysts / 9.3.2：
Cocatalysts and Anion Influence / 9.3.3：
C2- and Cs- Symmetric Metallocene Catalysts / 9.4.2：
Metallocene Catalysts with Diastereotopic Coordination Pockets / 9.4.2.1：
Hemitactic Polymers / 9.4.3.1：
Stereoblock Polymers / 9.4.3.3：
On the Significance of Metallocene Catalysts / 9.4.4：
Catalyst Systems of Early Transition Metals / 9.5：
Catalyst Systems of Late Transition Metals / 9.5.2：
Living Polymerization of Olefins and Block Copolymers / 9.5.3：
Perfectly Alternating Copolymerization / 9.6：
C C Linkage of Dienes / 9.6.2Imperfectly Alternating Copolymerization：
Allyl Complexes / 10.1：
Butadiene Complexes / 10.2.2：
Re Si and supine prone Coordination of Allyl and Butadiene Ligands / 10.2.3：
Butadiene Insertion and P-Hydrogen Elimination / 10.3：
Allyl Insertion / 10.3.3：
anti/cis and syn/trans Correlations / 10.3.4：
Cyclotrimerization of Butadiene / 10.4：
cis/trans Selectivity A Closer Look / 10.4.1.1：
Industrial Synthesis of CDT / 10.4.1.3：
Cyclodimerization of Butadiene / 10.4.2：
Selectivity Control / 10.4.2.1：
Linear Oligomerization and Telomerization of Butadiene / 10.4.3：
Butadiene Polymerization Catalyzed by Allylnickel (II) Complexes / 10.5：
Synthesis and Properties of Polybutadienes and Polyisoprenes / 10.5.3：
Palladium Catalyzed Cross Coupling Reactions / 11：
Mechanism of Cross Coupling Reactions / 11.1.1：
Selected Types of Cross-Coupling / 11.1.3：
Cross Coupling with Organolithium, Organomagnesium, and Organozinc Reagents / 11.1.3.1：
Suzuki Coupling / 11.1.3.2：
Hiyama Coupling / 11.1.3.3：
Stille Coupling / 11.1.3.4：
Sonogashira Coupling / 11.1.3.5：
Ligand Effects / 11.1.3.6：
Alkyl Alkyl Coupling / 11.1.3.7：
Enantioselective Cross-Coupling / 11.1.3.8：
Carbonylative Cross-Coupling / 11.1.3.9：
Mechanism of Heck Reactions / 11.2：
Enantioselective Heck Reactions / 11.2.2：
Principles and Mechanism / 11.3：
Chirality Transfer in Asymmetric Allylation / 11.3.2：
The DuPont Adiponitrile Process / 12：
Outlook / 12.2.3：
Enantioselective Hydrocyanation / 12.2.3.1：
Hydrocyanation of Alkynes / 12.2.3.2：
Hydrocyanation of Polar C=X Bonds / 12.2.3.3：
Significance of Hydrosilylation and Outlook / 12.3：
Applications / 12.3.2.1：
Enantioselective Hydrosilylation / 12.3.2.2：
Hydrosilylation of Alkynes / 12.3.2.3：
Complexes of Silanes / 12.3.2.4：
Catalyst Types / 12.4：
Alkali Metal Amides as Catalysts / 12.4.2.1：
Platinum Group Metals as Catalysts / 12.4.2.2：
Gold Complexes as Catalysts / 12.4.2.3：
Lanthanoid Complexes as Catalysts / 12.4.2.4：
Mechanism of Ethene Oxidation / 13：
Oxypalladation of Olefins / 13.1.3：
Types of Oxypalladation / 13.1.3.1：
Enantioselective Oxypalladation / 13.1.3.2：
Palladium Oxidase Catalysis / 13.1.3.3：
Epoxidation of Ethene and Propene / 13.2：
O2 and ROOH as Oxygen Transfer Agents / 13.2.2.1：
H2 O2as Oxygen Transfer Agent / 13.2.2.2：
Enantioselecrive Oxidation of Olefins / 13.2.3：
Epoxidation of Allyl Alcohols / 13.2.3.1：
Epoxidation of Nonactivated Olefins / 13.2.3.2：
Monooxygenases / 13.2.4：
C-H Activation of Alkanes / 13.3：
Cyclometallation and Orthometallation / 13.3.2.1：
Intermolecular C-H Activation of Alkanes / 13.3.2.2：
C-H Functionalization / 13.3.3：
The Shilov Catalyst System / 13.3.3.1：
The Catalytica System Hg" as Catalyst / 13.3.3.2：
The Catalytica System Pt" as Catalystp326 / 13.3.3.3：
Cytochrome P-450 / 13.3.3.4：
Mechanism of Catalysis / 14：
The Industrial Catalyst / 14.2.3：
Ruthenium Catalysts / 14.2.4：
Enzyme Catalyzed Nitrogen Fixation / 14.3：
The Fe Protein Cycle / 14.3.1：
The MoFe Protein Cycle / 14.3.2：
A Prebiotic Nitrogen Fixing System? / 14.3.3：
Stoichiometric Reduction of N2 Complexes / 14.4：
Catalytic Reduction of Dinirrogen / 14.4.2：
Functionalization of Dinirrogen / 14.4.3：
Solutions to Exercises
Bibliography and Sources
References
Further Reading
Source for Structures
Index
Index of Backgrounds
Preface
Introduction
The Beginnings of Catalytic Research
25.

図書
図書
25. Infrared and Raman spectroscopy in forensic science (: hardback)
edited by John M. Chalmers, Howell G.M. Edwards, Michael D. Hargreaves
出版情報: Chichester : Wiley, 2012  xxviii, 618 p., [32] p. of plates ; 25 cm
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
About the Editors
List of Contributors
Preface
Introduction / Section I：
Introduction and Scope / John M. Chalmers ; Howell G.M. Edwards ; Michael D. Hargreaves1：
Historical Prologue / 1.1：
The Application of Infrared Spectroscopy and Raman Spectroscopy in Forensic Science / 1.2：
References
Vibrational Spectroscopy Techniques: Basics and Instrumentation / 2：
Vibrational Spectroscopy Techniques / 2.1：
The basics and some comparisons / 2.2.1：
Wavelength/Wavenumber Ranges and Selection Rules / 2.2.1.1：
Sampling Considerations / 2.2.1.2：
Sensitivity, Surfaces and Signal Enhancement Techniques / 2.2.1.3：
IR and Raman Bands / 2.2.1.4：
Quantitative and classification analyses / 2.2.2：
Multivariate Data Analyses / 2.2.2.1：
Data Pre-Processing / 2.2.2.2：
Reference databases and search libraries/algorithms / 2.2.3：
Vibrational Spectroscopy: Instrumentation / 2.3：
Spectrometers / 2.3.1：
Sources / 2.3.1.1：
Detectors / 2.3.1.2：
Spectrometers and Interferometers / 2.3.1.3：
Vibrational spectroscopy-microscopy systems / 2.3.2：
Mapping and Imaging / 2.3.2.1：
Fibre optics and fibre-optic probes / 2.3.3：
Remote, portable, handheld, field-use, and stand-off vibrational spectroscopy instrumentation / 2.3.4：
Closing Remarks / 2.4：
Vibrational Spectroscopy Sampling Techniques / 3：
Vibrational Spectroscopy: Sampling Techniques / 3.1：
Raman spectroscopy / 3.2.1：
Raman Spectroscopy: Sampling Techniques and Considerations / 3.2.1.1：
Resonance Raman Spectroscopy / 3.2.1.2：
Surface Enhanced Raman Spectroscopy and Surface Enhanced Resonance Raman Spectroscopy / 3.2.1.3：
Spatially Offset Raman Spectroscopy / 3.2.1.4：
Transmission Raman Spectroscopy / 3.2.1.5：
Raman Microscopy/Microspectroscopy and Imaging / 3.2.1.6：
Remote and Fibre-Optic Probe Raman Spectroscopy / 3.2.1.7：
Mid-infrared spectroscopy / 3.2.2：
Mid-Infrared Transmission Spectroscopy: Sampling Techniques / 3.2.2.1：
Mid-Infrared Reflection Spectroscopy Sampling Techniques / 3.2.2.2：
Mid-Infrared Photoacoustic Spectroscopy / 3.2.2.3：
Mid-Infrared Microscopy/Microspectroscopy and Imaging / 3.2.2.4：
Near-infrared spectroscopy: sampling techniques / 3.2.3：
Near-Infrared Transmission Spectroscopy / 3.2.3.1：
Near-Infrared Diffuse Reflection Spectroscopy / 3.2.3.2：
Near-Infrared Transflection Spectroscopy / 3.2.3.3：
Near-Infrared Spectroscopy: Interactance and Fibre-Optic Probe Measurements / 3.2.3.4：
Near-Infrared Microscopy and Imaging / 3.2.3.5：
Terahertz/far-infrared spectroscopy: sampling techniques / 3.2.4：
Acknowledgements / 3.3：
Criminal Scene / Section II：
Criminal Forensic Analysis / Edward G. Bartick4：
Forensic Analysis / 4.1：
General Use of IR and Raman Spectroscopy in Forensic Analysis / 4.3：
Progression of infrared spectroscopy development in forensic analysis / 4.3.1：
Progression of Raman spectroscopy development in forensic analysis / 4.3.2：
Sampling methods / 4.3.3：
Microscopes / 4.3.3.1：
Reflection Methods / 4.3.3.2：
Gas Chromatography/IR / 4.3.3.3：
Spectral Imaging / 4.3.3.4：
Applications of Evidential Material Analysis / 4.4：
Polymers / 4.4.1：
General / 4.4.1.1：
Copy Toners / 4.4.1.2：
Fibres / 4.4.1.3：
Paints / 4.4.1.4：
Tapes / 4.4.1.5：
Drugs / 4.4.2：
Explosives / 4.4.3：
Fingerprint analysis / 4.4.4：
Summary and Future Direction / 4.5：
Forensic Analysis of Hair by Infrared Spectroscopy / Kathryn S. Kalasinsky
Basic Forensic Hair Analysis / 4.1.1：
Uniqueness of Hair to Chemical Analysis / 4.1.3：
Mechanism for Chemical Substance Incorporation into Hair / 4.1.4：
Applications / 4.1.5：
Disease Diagnosis / 4.1.6：
Summary / 4.1.7：
Raman Spectroscopy for Forensic Analysis of Household and Automotive Paints / Steven E.J. Bell ; Samantha P. Stewart ; W.J. Armstrong
Paint Composition / 4.2.1：
Analysis of Resin Bases / 4.2.3：
White Paint / 4.2.4：
Coloured Household Paints / 4.2.5：
Multi-Layer Paints / 4.2.6：
Automotive Paint / 4.2.7：
Conclusions / 4.2.8：
Raman Spectroscopy for the Characterisation of Inks on Written Documents / A. Guedes ; A.C. Prieto
Experimental
Chemical Differences in the Composition of Writing Inks through Time, and Modern Inks: Major Groups
Ink Discrimination / 4.3.4：
Forensic Test / 4.3.5：
Forensic Analysis of Fibres by Vibrational Spectroscopy / Peter M. Fredericks4.3.6：
Forensic importance of fibres
Types of fibres
Dyes
Why use vibrational spectroscopy?
Infrared Spectroscopy
Instrumentation and sample preparation / 4.4.2.1：
Transmission mid-IR microspectroscopy / 4.4.2.2：
ATR IR microspectroscopy / 4.4.2.3：
IR synchrotron radiation / 4.4.2.4：
Mid-IR imaging / 4.4.2.5：
Raman Spectroscopy
Application to fibres / 4.4.3.1：
Surface-enhanced Raman scattering / 4.4.3.2：
Raman spectroscopy of titania filler / 4.4.3.3：
Data Analysis
Acknowledgement / 4.4.5：
In Situ Crime Scene Analysis
Instrumentation / 4.5.1：
Raman spectrometers / 4.5.2.1：
Infrared spectrometers / 4.5.2.2：
Conditions of analysis / 4.5.3：
General chemical analysis / 4.5.3.2：
Conclusion / 4.5.3.3：
Raman spectroscopy gains currency / R. Withnall ; A. Reip ; J. Silver4.6：
Banknotes / 4.6.1：
Postage Stamps / 4.6.3：
Potential Forensic Applications / 4.6.4：
Counter Terrorism And Homeland Security / 4.6.5：
Counter Terrorism and Homeland Security / Vincent Otieno-Alego ; Naomi Speers5：
Infrared and Raman Spectroscopy for Explosives Identification / 5.1：
Level of chemical identification / 5.2.1：
Capability to analyse a large range of explosives and related chemicals / 5.2.2：
Other positive features of IR and Raman spectroscopy in explosive analysis / 5.2.3：
Case Studies - Example 1 / 5.2.4：
Portable IR and Raman Instruments / 5.3：
Case Studies - Example 2 / 5.3.1：
Post-Blast Examinations / 5.4：
Detection of Explosives in Fingerprints / 5.5：
Applications of SORS in explosive analysis / 5.6：
Terahertz Spectroscopy of Explosives / 5.7：
Sampling modes and sample preparation / 5.7.1：
THz spectroscopy of explosives and explosive related materials / 5.7.2：
Glossary / 5.8：
Tracing Bioagents - a Vibrational Spectroscopic Approach for a Fast and Reliable Identification of Bioagents / P. R€osch ; U. M€unchberg ; S. St€ockel ; J. Popp
Toxins / 5.1.1：
Viruses / 5.1.3：
Bacteria / 5.1.4：
Bulk samples / 5.1.4.1：
Single bacterium identification / 5.1.4.2：
Raman Spectroscopic Studies of Explosives and Precursors: Applications and Instrumentation / Mary L. Lewis ; Ian R. Lewis ; Peter R. Griffiths5.1.5：
Background
UV Excited Raman Studies of Explosives
FT-Raman Studies of Explosives
Neither FT-Raman nor Traditional Dispersive Raman / 5.2.5：
Surface Enhanced Raman and Surface Enhanced Resonance Raman Studies of Explosives / 5.2.6：
Dispersive Raman Studies of Explosives / 5.2.7：
Compact Dispersive Raman Spectrometers for the Study of Explosives / 5.2.8：
Stand-Off Raman of Explosives / 5.2.9：
Raman Microscopy and Imaging / 5.2.11：
Vehicle-Mounted Raman Analysers / 5.2.12：
Classification Schema for Explosives / 5.2.13：
Handheld Raman and FT-IR Spectrometers / Robert L. Green ; Wayne Jalenak ; Christopher D. Brown ; Craig Gardner5.2.14：
Handheld/Portable Raman and FT-IR Devices / 5.3.2：
Tactical Considerations / 5.3.3：
Sample Considerations / 5.3.5：
Raman and FT-IR Spectroscopy Explosive Identification Capabilities / 5.3.6：
Performance Characterisation / 5.3.7：
Disclaimer / 5.3.8：
Non-Invasive Detection of Concealed Liquid and Powder Explosives using Spatially Offset Raman spectroscopy / Kevin Buckley ; Pavel Matousek
Discussion and Examples / 5.4.1：
Terahertz Frequency Spectroscopy and its Potential for Security Applications / A.D. Burnett ; A.G. Davies ; P. Dean ; J.E. Cunningham ; E.H. Linfield5.4.3：
Terahertz Frequency Radiation / 5.5.1：
Terahertz Time-Domain Spectroscopy / 5.5.3：
Examples of the Use of THz Spectroscopy to Detect Materials of Security Interest / 5.5.4：
Drugs of abuse / 5.5.4.1：
Terahertz frequency imaging / 5.5.4.3：
Spectroscopy and imaging of concealed materials / 5.5.4.4：
Conclusions and Future Outlook / 5.5.5：
Drugs And Drugs Of Abuse / Section IV：
Raman Spectroscopy of Drugs of Abuse / S.J. Speers6：
Bulk Drugs / 6.1：
General Introduction / 6.2.1：
Experimental considerations / 6.2.2：
Laboratory-based methods / 6.2.3：
Screening and Identification / 6.2.3.1：
Quantitative Analysis / 6.2.3.2：
Composition Profiling / 6.2.3.3：
Raman outside the laboratory / 6.2.4：
Trace Detection / 6.3：
Drug microparticles / 6.3.1：
Surface-enhanced Raman spectroscopy / 6.3.2：
Drugs of Abuse - Application of Handheld FT-IR and Raman Spectrometers / 6.4：
Advantages of Vibrational Spectroscopy / 6.1.1：
General Drugs of Abuse - Introduction / 6.1.3：
Vibrational Spectroscopy / 6.1.4：
Analysis of Street Samples / 6.1.5：
Considerations when analysing in situ / 6.1.5.1：
Considerations when analysing in the laboratory / 6.1.5.2：
New Narcotic Threats / 6.1.6：
Identification of Drug Precursors / 6.1.7：
Case Studies / 6.1.8：
Case study I / 6.1.8.1：
Case study II / 6.1.8.2：
Non-Invasive Detection of Illicit Drugs Using Spatially Offset Raman Spectroscopy / 6.1.9：
Application Examples
Detection of Drugs of Abuse Using Surface Enhanced Raman Scattering / Karen Faulds ; W. Ewen Smith
Substrates
Direct Detection / 6.3.3：
Indirect Detection / 6.3.4：
Art / 6.3.5：
Vibrational Spectroscopy as a Tool for Tracing Art Forgeries / A. Deneckere ; P. Vandenabeele ; L. Moens7：
How to Trace Art Forgeries with Vibrational Spectroscopy? / 7.1：
Detection of anachronisms / 7.2.1：
Examples / 7.2.1.1：
Differentiation Between the Natural or Synthetic Form of a Pigment / 7.2.1.2：
Comparing with the artist's palette / 7.2.2：
Impurities / 7.2.3：
The Mercatellis Manuscripts / 7.2.3.1：
Spectroscopic Pigment Investigation of the Mayer van den Bergh Breviary / 7.2.3.2：
Identification of Dyes and Pigments by Vibrational Spectroscopy / Juan Manuel Madariaga7.3：
Review of the Scientific Literature / 7.1.1：
Databases of Reference Materials / 7.1.3：
Chemometric analysis of the spectral information / 7.1.3.1：
FT-IR and Raman Spectroscopy Applications / 7.1.4：
Identification of dyes, pigments and bulk materials / 7.1.4.1：
Attribution, authentication and counterfeit detection / 7.1.4.2：
Identification of degradation products and degradation mechanisms / 7.1.4.3：
The Vinland Map: An Authentic Relic of Early Exploration or a Modern Forgery - Raman Spectroscopy in a Pivotal Role?
The Scientific Analysis of the Vinland Map and Tartar Relation
Raman Microspectroscopic Study
Study of Manuscripts by Vibrational Spectroscopy / Lucia Burgio
Why Raman Microscopy? / 7.3.1：
Dating and Authentication / 7.3.3：
Provenance and Trade Routes / 7.3.4：
Archaeology And Mineralogy / 7.3.5：
Infrared and Raman Spectroscopy: Forensic Applications in Mineralogy / J. Jehlicka8：
Applications of Raman Spectroscopy for Provenancing / 8.1：
Raman Spectroscopy of Minerals / 8.3：
Class 1: Elements / 8.3.1：
Carbon / 8.3.1.1：
Carbon and Graphitisation / 8.3.1.2：
Minerals from other groups of the mineralogical classification system / 8.3.2：
Class 2: Sulfides / 8.3.2.1：
Class 3: Halogenides / 8.3.2.2：
Class 4: Oxides and Hydroxides / 8.3.2.3：
Class 5: Carbonates and Nitrates / 8.3.2.4：
Class 6: Borates / 8.3.2.5：
Class 7: Sulfates / 8.3.2.6：
Class 8: Phosphates / 8.3.2.7：
Class 9: Silicates / 8.3.2.8：
Class 10: Organic Compounds / 8.3.2.9：
Opals / 8.4：
Natural Glass / 8.5：
Meteorites / 8.6：
Identification and Provenancing of Gemstones / 8.7：
Synthetic gemstones / 8.7.1：
Semi-precious minerals / 8.7.2：
Garnets / 8.7.3：
Common Minerals / 8.8：
Clays / 8.8.1：
Databases / 8.9：
Identification of Inclusions in Minerals / 8.10：
Raman Mapping Techniques / 8.11：
Analyses Outdoors and On Site / 8.12：
Applications of Raman Spectroscopy to the Provenancing of Rocks / 8.13：
Identification of Ivory by Conventional Backscatter Raman and SORS / 8.14：
Application of Raman Spectroscopy / 8.1.1：
Preliminary screening method / 8.1.2.1：
Fake sample analysis / 8.1.2.2：
Concealed materials screening / 8.1.2.3：
Applications to the Study of Gems and Jewellery / Lore Kiefert ; Marina Epelboym ; Hpone-Phyo Kan-Nyunt ; Susan Paralusz8.1.3：
Case Study Example I: Mid-Infrared and Raman Spectroscopy of Diamonds / 8.2.1：
Infrared spectroscopy of diamonds / 8.2.2.1：
Photoluminescence spectroscopy / 8.2.2.4：
Case Study Example II: Detection of Fissure Fillings in Emeralds / 8.2.2.5：
Detection of emerald fissure fillings using FT-IR spectroscopy / 8.2.3.1：
Detection of emerald fissure fillings using Raman spectroscopy / 8.2.3.3：
Case Study Example III: The Raman Identification of Turquoise / 8.2.3.4：
Advanced analysis of turquoise / 8.2.4.1：
Raman Spectroscopy of Ceramics and Glasses / Paola Ricciardi ; Philippe Colomban8.2.5：
The Raman spectroscopic signature of ceramics, glasses and enamels
How to Discriminate Between Genuine Artifacts and Copies and Fakes
On-Site Measurements and Procedures / 8.3.3：
Tools for the identification of crystalline and amorphous phases in ceramics and glasses / 8.3.3.1：
Alhambra vases (Granada, Spain, fourteenth century) / 8.3.4：
Iznik fritware (Ottoman empire, fifteenth-seventeenth century) / 8.3.4.2：
Celadons (Vi^et Nam, thirteenth-fifteenth century) / 8.3.4.3：
Medici porcelain (Florence, sixteenth century) / 8.3.4.4：
Glass cup with handles (Low Countries, sixteenth-seventeenth century) / 8.3.4.5：
Meissen porcelains (Saxony, eighteenth century) / 8.3.4.6：
Enamels on metal: Chinese cloisonnes and Limoges painted enamels (fifteenth-nineteenth century) / 8.3.4.7：
Raman Spectroscopy at Longer Excitation Wavelengths Applied to the Forensic Analysis of Archaeological Specimens: A Novel Aspect of Forensic Geoscience / 8.3.5：
Results and Discussion / 8.4.1：
Resins / 8.4.3.1：
Ivories / 8.4.3.2：
Buried skeletal remains / 8.4.3.3：
Human Tissues and Skeletal Remains / 8.4.4：
Nail / 8.4.4.1：
Skin / 8.4.4.2：
Calcified tissues / 8.4.4.3：
Teeth / 8.4.4.4：
Bone / 8.4.4.5：
Counterfeit Consumer Products / 8.4.5：
Anti-Counterfeiting Organisations / Andrew J. O'Neil9：
Definition of a Counterfeit Product / 9.3：
Counterfeit Product Spectroscopic Analysis / 9.4：
Counterfeit alcoholic beverages and whisky / 9.4.1：
Counterfeit stamps / 9.4.2：
Counterfeit currency / 9.4.3：
Counterfeit medicines / 9.4.4：
Near-Infrared Spectroscopy and Imaging Microscopy / 9.4.4.1：
Attenuated Total Reflection Mid-Infrared Spectroscopy and Imaging Microscopy / 9.4.4.2：
Raman Spectroscopy, Spatially Offset Raman Spectroscopy and Mapping Microscopy / 9.4.4.3：
Use of Portable Spectrometers for Medicines Authentication / 9.4.4.4：
Combined Uses of Molecular Spectroscopic Techniques for Medicines Authentication / 9.4.4.5：
Case Studies Using Mid-infrared, Raman and Near-infrared Spectroscopies and NIR Multispectral Imaging / 9.5：
Case Study I: Counterfeit Clothing / 9.6：
Case study Ia: counterfeit Burberry Classic Check Scarf / 9.6.1：
Near-Infrared Spectroscopic Analysis / 9.6.1.1：
ATR/FT-IR Analysis / 9.6.1.2：
Case study Ib: counterfeit New Era 59fifty baseball caps / 9.6.2：
Case Study II: Counterfeit Aftershave / 9.6.2.1：
Case Study III: Counterfeit Medicines / 9.8：
Near-infrared spectrometry / 9.8.1：
Raman spectrometry / 9.8.2：
NIR Multispectral Imaging / 9.8.3：
Case Study IV: Counterfeit Product Packaging / 9.9：
ATR/FT-IR Spectroscopy / 9.9.1：
Tablet Blister-Strip Polymer / 9.9.1.1：
Tablet Carton / 9.9.1.2：
Case Study V: Counterfeit Royal Mail First Class Stamps / 9.10：
Near-infrared spectroscopic analysis / 9.10.1：
Near-infrared multispectral imaging / 9.10.2：
Case Study VI: Counterfeit Bank of England Banknotes / 9.11：
ATR/FT-IR Spectroscopic Analysis / 9.11.1：
Raman Spectroscopy for the Analysis of Counterfeit Tablets / Kaho Kwok ; Lynne S. Taylor9.11.2：
The Pharmaceutical Counterfeiting Problem / 9.1.1：
Analytical Techniques to Detect Counterfeit Products / 9.1.2：
Using Raman Spectroscopy to Characterise Genuine and Counterfeit Tablets-A Case Study / 9.1.3：
Examination of Counterfeit Pharmaceutical Labels / Mark R. Witkowski ; Mary W. Carrabba9.1.4：
Counterfeit Packaging Analysis / 9.2.1：
Case Study I: Counterfeit LipitorLabels / 9.2.3：
Case Study II: Counterfeit ZyprexaLabels / 9.2.4：
Vibrational Spectroscopy for "Food Forensics" / Victoria L. Brewster ; Royston Goodacre9.2.5：
Adulteration / 9.3.1：
Provenance / 9.3.3：
Food Spoilage / 9.3.4：
Micro-Organism Identification / 9.3.5：
Infrared Spectroscopy for the Detection of Adulteration in Foods / Banu Özen ; Figen Tokatli9.3.6：
Adulteration of Food Products and Application of IR Spectroscopy in the Detection of Adulteration
Case Study: Adulteration of Extra Virgin Olive Oils with Refined Hazelnut Oil
Index
About the Editors
List of Contributors
Preface
26.

図書
図書
26. Turbulent drag reduction by surfactant additives
Feng-Chen Li ... [et al.]
出版情報: Singapore : John Wiley & Sons, 2012  x, 257 p. ; 25 cm
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Introduction / 1：
Background / 1.1：
Surfactant Solution / 1.2：
Anionic Surfactant / 1.2.1：
Cationic Surfactant / 1.2.2：
Nonionic Surfactant / 1.2.3：
Amphoteric Surfactant / 1.2.4：
Zwitterionic Surfactant / 1.2.5：
Mechanism and Theory of Drag Reduction by Surfactant Additives / 1.3：
Explanations of the Turbulent DR Mechanism from the, Viewpoint of Microstructures / 1.3.1：
Explanations of the Turbulent DR Mechanism from the Viewpoint of the Physics of Turbulence / 1.3.2：
Application Techniques of Drag Reduction by Surfactant Additives / 1.4：
Heat Transfer Reduction of Surfactant Drag-reducing Flow / 1.4.1：
Diameter Effect of Surfactant Drag-reducing Flow / 1.4.2：
Toxic Effect of Cationic Surfactant Solution / 1.4.3：
Chemical Stability of Surfactant Solution / 1.4.4：
Corrosion of Surfactant Solution / 1.4.5：
References
Drag Reduction and Heat Transfer Reduction Characteristics of Drag-Reducing Surfactant Solution Flow / 2：
Fundamental Concepts of Turbulent Drag Reduction / 2.1：
Characteristics of Drag Reduction by Surfactant Additives and Its Influencing Factors / 2.2：
Characteristics of Drag Reduction by Surfactant Additives / 2.2.1：
Influencing Factors of Drag Reduction by Surfactant Additives / 2.2.2：
The Diameter Effect of Surfactant Drag-reducing Flow and Scale-up Methods / 2.3：
The Diameter Effect and Its Influence / 2.3.1：
Scale-up Methods / 2.3.2：
Evaluation of Different Scale-up Methods / 2.3.3：
Heat Transfer Characteristics of Drag-reducing Surfactant Solution How and Its Enhancement Methods / 2.4：
Convective Heat Transfer Characteristics of Drag-reducing Surfactant Solution Flow / 2.4.1：
Heat Transfer Enhancement Methods for Drag-reducing Surfactant Solution Flows / 2.4.2：
Turbulence Structures in Drag-Reducing Surfactant Solution Flow / 3：
Measurement Techniques for Turbulence Structures in Drag-Reducing Flow / 3.1：
Laser Doppler Velocimetry / 3.1.1：
PIV / 3.1.2：
Statistical Characteristics of Velocity and Temperature Fields in Drag-reducing Flow / 3.2：
Distribution of Averaged Quantities / 3.2.1：
Distribution of Fluctuation Intensities / 3.2.2：
Correlation Analyses of Fluctuating Quantities / 3.2.3：
Spectrum Analyses of Fluctuating Quantities / 3.2.4：
Characteristics of Turbulent Vortex Structures in Drag-reducing Flow / 3.3：
Identification Method of Turbulent Vortex by Swirling Strength / 3.3.1：
Distribution Characteristics of Turbulent Vortex in the x-y Plane / 3.3.2：
Distribution Characteristics of Turbulent Vortex in the y-z Plane / 3.3.3：
Distribution Characteristics of Turbulent Vortex in the x-z Plane / 3.3.4：
Reynolds Shear Stress and Wall-Normal Turbulent Heat Flux / 3.4：
Numerical Simulation of Surfactant Drag Reduction / 4：
Direct Numerical Simulation of Drag-reducing Flow / 4.1：
A Mathematical Model of Drag-reducing Flow / 4.1.1：
The DNS Method of Drag-reducing Flow / 4.1.2：
RANS of Drag-reducing Flow / 4.2：
Governing Equation and DNS Method of Drag-reducing Flow / 4.3：
Governing Equation / 4.3.1：
Numerical Method / 4.3.2：
DNS Results and Discussion for Drag-reducing Flow and Heat Transfer / 4.4：
The Overall Study on Surfactant Drag Reduction and Heat Transfer by DNS / 4.4.1：
The Rheological Parameter Effect of DNS on Surfactant Drag Reduction / 4.4.2：
DNS with the Bilayer Model of Flows with Newtonian and Non-Newtonian Fluid Coexistence / 4.4.3：
Conclusion and Future Work / 4.5：
Microstructures and Rheological Properties of Surfactant Solution / 5：
Microstructures in Surfactant Solution and Its Visualization Methods / 5.1：
Microstructures in Surfactant Solution / 5.1.1：
Visualization Methods for Microstructures in Surfactant Solution / 5.1.2：
Rheology and Measurement Methods of Surfactant Solution / 5.2：
Rheological Parameters / 5.2.1：
Measurement Method of Rheological Parameters / 5.2.2：
Rheological Characteristics of Dilute Drag-reducing Surfactant Solution / 5.2.3：
Factors Affecting the Rheological Characteristics of Surfactant Solution / 5.3：
Surfactant Concentration / 5.3.1：
Temperature / 5.3.2：
Type of Surfactant / 5.3.3：
Characterization of Viscoelasticity of Drag-reducing Surfactant Solution by Using Free Surface Swirling Flow / 5.4：
Molecular and Brownian Dynamics Simulations of Surfactant Solution / 5.5：
Brief Introduction of Simulation Methods / 5.5.1：
Brownian Dynamics Simulation by Using a WK Potential / 5.5.2：
Application Techniques for Drag Reduction by Surfactant Additives / 6：
Problems That Need to Be Solved in Engineering Applications / 6.1：
Influencing Factors of Drag-reducing Surfactant Additives on the Heat Transfer Performance of Heat Exchangers and Its Counter-measures / 6.1.1：
Influences of Drag-reducing Surfactant Additives on the Environment / 6.1.2：
Scale-up Problem / 6.1.3：
Separation Techniques for Surfactant Solution / 6.2：
Adsorption / 6.2.1：
Ultrafiltration / 6.2.2：
Reverse Osmosis / 6.2.3：
Drag Reduction Stability of Surfactant Solutions / 6.3：
Effect of Adsorption / 6.3.1：
Effects of Fe(OH)3 / 6.3.2：
Effects of Cu(OH)2 / 6.3.3：
Recovery of Drag Reduction / 6.3.4：
Applications of Surfactant Drag Reduction / 6.4：
Application of Surfactant to Hydronic Heating and Air-Conditioning Systems / 6.4.1：
Surfactant Selection in Actual Applications / 6.4.2：
Index
Preface
Introduction / 1：
Background / 1.1：
27.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
27. Polyphosphoesters : Chemistry and Application
Kolio Dimov Troev
出版情報: Elsevier ScienceDirect Books , Burlington : Elsevier, 2012
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Acknowledgment
About the Author
Poly(alkylene H-phosphonate)s / 1：
Methods for Preparation
Polymerization of Cyclic H-phosphonates / 1.1：
Methods for Preparation of Cyclic H-phosphonates / 1.1.1：
Polytransesterification of Diesters of H-phosphonic Acid with Dihydroxy Aliphatic or Aromatic Compounds / 1.2：
Methods for Preparation of Diesters of H-phosphonic Acid / 1.2.1：
Properties (Physical and Chemical) of the Diesters of H-phosphonic Acid / 1.2.2：
Other Methods / 1.3：
Polycondensation of H-phosphonic bis(dialkylamides) with Diols / 1.4.1：
Homopolycondensation of Di(β-chloroethyl) H-phosphonate / 1.4.2：
Characterization of Poly(alkylene H-phosphonate)s / 2：
Determination of Molecular Weight / 2.1：
1H NMR Spectroscopy / 2.1.1：
31P {H} NMR Spectroscopy / 2.1.2：
Size-Exclusion Chromatography / 2.1.3：
Vapor Pressure Osmometry / 2.1.4：
Thermal Properties of POE-H-Ps A, B, and C / 2.2：
Reactivity of Poly(alkylene H-phosphonate)s / 2.3：
Hydrolysis of Poly(alkylene H-phosphonate)s / 2.3.1：
Oxidation (Afherton-Todd Reaction) / 2.3.2：
Nonoxidative Chlorination / 2.3.3：
Addition Reactions / 2.3.4：
Copolymers / 3：
Poly(alkyleneurethane H-phosphonate)s / 3.1：
Poly(aIkylenecarbonate H-phosphonate)s / 3.2：
Silicon-Containing Poly(alkylene H-phosphonate)s / 3.3：
Poly(ethyleneterephthalate H-phosphonate) / 3.4：
Application / 4：
Polymer-Drug Conjugates / 4.1：
Immobilization of Cysteamine / 4.1.1：
Immobilization of WR-2721 / 4.1.2：
Immobilization of Bendamustine Hydrochloride / 4.1.3：
Immobilization of 3'-Azido-2',3'-dideoxythimidine / 4.1.4：
Gene Carriers / 4.2：
Hydrogels / 4.3：
Appendix
Poly[alkylene (arylene) phosphate]s
Polymerization of Cyclic Phosphate Esters
Methods for Preparation of Cyclic Phosphate Esters
Homopolymers / 1.1.2：
Oxidation of Poly(alkylene H-phosphonate)s / 1.1.3：
Polycondensation of Aryl or Alkyl Phosphoric Dichlorides and Dihydroxy Aliphatic or Aromatic Compounds
Methods for Preparation of Aryl or Alkyl Phosphoric Dichlorides / 1.3.1：
Other Methods for Preparation of Poly[alkylene (arylene) phosphate]s
Reactivity of Poly[alkylene (arylene) phosphate]s / 1.5：
Hydrolysis / 1.5.1：
Alkylation and Dealkylation Reactions / 1.5.2：
Binding Agents, Invisible Cements
Drug Delivery Systems
Tissue Implants
Gene and siRNA Delivery
Nerve Guide Conduits / 3.5：
Poly[alkylene(arylene) alkyl or arylphosphonate]s
Ring-Opening Polymerization of Phosphorus-Containing Cyclic Esters
Polymerization of Cyclic Phosphite Esters (Arbuzov Rearrangement)
Polymerization of Cyclic Phosphonate Esters
Polycondensation Methods
Polycondensation of Alkyl(or Aryl)Phosphonic Acid Dihalides with Dihydroxy Aromatic or Aliphatic Compounds
Polycondensation of Alkyl(phenyl)Phosphonic Acid Diamides with Diols
Polytransesterification of Diesters of Alkyl or Phenyl Phosphonic Acid with Dihydroxy Aromatic or Aliphatic Compounds / 1.2.3：
Poly[alkylene(arylene) phosphitejs and Poly[alkylene(arylene) phosphonite]s
Polycondensation of Diamides of the Phosphorus and Phosphonous Acids with Dihydroxy Aliphatic or Aromatic Compounds
Reactivity of Polyphosphites and Polyphosphonites
Polytransesterification of Diesters of Phosphorus and Phosphonous Acids with Dihydroxy Aromatic or Aliphatic Compounds
Ring-Opening Polymerization of Cyclic Esters of Phosphorus and Phosphonous Acids
Preface
Acknowledgment
About the Author
28.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
28. Polyphosphoesters : Chemistry and Application
Kolio Dimov Troev, Kolio D. Troev
出版情報: Elsevier ScienceDirect Books Complete , Burlington : Elsevier, 2012
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Acknowledgment
About the Author
Poly(alkylene H-phosphonate)s / 1：
Methods for Preparation
Polymerization of Cyclic H-phosphonates / 1.1：
Methods for Preparation of Cyclic H-phosphonates / 1.1.1：
Polytransesterification of Diesters of H-phosphonic Acid with Dihydroxy Aliphatic or Aromatic Compounds / 1.2：
Methods for Preparation of Diesters of H-phosphonic Acid / 1.2.1：
Properties (Physical and Chemical) of the Diesters of H-phosphonic Acid / 1.2.2：
Other Methods / 1.3：
Polycondensation of H-phosphonic bis(dialkylamides) with Diols / 1.4.1：
Homopolycondensation of Di(β-chloroethyl) H-phosphonate / 1.4.2：
Characterization of Poly(alkylene H-phosphonate)s / 2：
Determination of Molecular Weight / 2.1：
1H NMR Spectroscopy / 2.1.1：
31P {H} NMR Spectroscopy / 2.1.2：
Size-Exclusion Chromatography / 2.1.3：
Vapor Pressure Osmometry / 2.1.4：
Thermal Properties of POE-H-Ps A, B, and C / 2.2：
Reactivity of Poly(alkylene H-phosphonate)s / 2.3：
Hydrolysis of Poly(alkylene H-phosphonate)s / 2.3.1：
Oxidation (Afherton-Todd Reaction) / 2.3.2：
Nonoxidative Chlorination / 2.3.3：
Addition Reactions / 2.3.4：
Copolymers / 3：
Poly(alkyleneurethane H-phosphonate)s / 3.1：
Poly(aIkylenecarbonate H-phosphonate)s / 3.2：
Silicon-Containing Poly(alkylene H-phosphonate)s / 3.3：
Poly(ethyleneterephthalate H-phosphonate) / 3.4：
Application / 4：
Polymer-Drug Conjugates / 4.1：
Immobilization of Cysteamine / 4.1.1：
Immobilization of WR-2721 / 4.1.2：
Immobilization of Bendamustine Hydrochloride / 4.1.3：
Immobilization of 3'-Azido-2',3'-dideoxythimidine / 4.1.4：
Gene Carriers / 4.2：
Hydrogels / 4.3：
Appendix
Poly[alkylene (arylene) phosphate]s
Polymerization of Cyclic Phosphate Esters
Methods for Preparation of Cyclic Phosphate Esters
Homopolymers / 1.1.2：
Oxidation of Poly(alkylene H-phosphonate)s / 1.1.3：
Polycondensation of Aryl or Alkyl Phosphoric Dichlorides and Dihydroxy Aliphatic or Aromatic Compounds
Methods for Preparation of Aryl or Alkyl Phosphoric Dichlorides / 1.3.1：
Other Methods for Preparation of Poly[alkylene (arylene) phosphate]s
Reactivity of Poly[alkylene (arylene) phosphate]s / 1.5：
Hydrolysis / 1.5.1：
Alkylation and Dealkylation Reactions / 1.5.2：
Binding Agents, Invisible Cements
Drug Delivery Systems
Tissue Implants
Gene and siRNA Delivery
Nerve Guide Conduits / 3.5：
Poly[alkylene(arylene) alkyl or arylphosphonate]s
Ring-Opening Polymerization of Phosphorus-Containing Cyclic Esters
Polymerization of Cyclic Phosphite Esters (Arbuzov Rearrangement)
Polymerization of Cyclic Phosphonate Esters
Polycondensation Methods
Polycondensation of Alkyl(or Aryl)Phosphonic Acid Dihalides with Dihydroxy Aromatic or Aliphatic Compounds
Polycondensation of Alkyl(phenyl)Phosphonic Acid Diamides with Diols
Polytransesterification of Diesters of Alkyl or Phenyl Phosphonic Acid with Dihydroxy Aromatic or Aliphatic Compounds / 1.2.3：
Poly[alkylene(arylene) phosphitejs and Poly[alkylene(arylene) phosphonite]s
Polycondensation of Diamides of the Phosphorus and Phosphonous Acids with Dihydroxy Aliphatic or Aromatic Compounds
Reactivity of Polyphosphites and Polyphosphonites
Polytransesterification of Diesters of Phosphorus and Phosphonous Acids with Dihydroxy Aromatic or Aliphatic Compounds
Ring-Opening Polymerization of Cyclic Esters of Phosphorus and Phosphonous Acids
Preface
Acknowledgment
About the Author
29.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
29. Gravity, Special Relativity, and the Strong Force
Constantinos G. Vayenas, Stamatios N. -A Souentie, Costas G Vayenas
出版情報: SpringerLink Books - AutoHoldings , Dordrecht : Springer US, 2012
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
1905-1930: The Golden Age of Physics / 1：
The Three Major Breakthroughs / 1.1：
Open Problems / 1.2：
A Common Starting Point for Natural Scientists: The Bohr Model for the H Atom / 1.3：
Deterministic and Probabilistic Models / 1.4：
Newton's Gravitational Law, Special Relativity, and the Equivalence Principle / 1.5：
Relativistic Rotating Particle Models for Hadrons / 1.6：
Synopsis / 1.7：
References
Mass, Special Relativity and the Equivalence Principle / 2：
The Concept of Mass / 2.1：
The Equivalence Principle / 2.2：
Rest, Relativistic, Inertial, and Gravitational Mass in Special Relativity: Some Questions / 2.3：
Newton's Gravitational Law, Velocity and General Relativity / 2.4：
Quantum Gravity / 2.5：
The Strong Force: From Quarks to Hadrons and Nuclei / 2.6：
The Strong Force / 3.1：
Classical and Quantized Fields / 3.1.1：
The Mediation Mechanism / 3.1.2：
History and the Postulate of Color Charge / 3.1.3：
Properties of the Strong Force / 3.1.4：
The Residual Strong Force / 3.1.5：
Quantum Chromodynamics / 3.1.6：
The World of Particles and the Standard Model / 3.2：
Elementary Particles / 4.1：
History / 4.1.1：
The Standard Model of Elementary Particles / 4.1.2：
Leptons / 4.2：
Charged Leptons / 4.2.1：
Neutrinos / 4.2.2：
Hadrons / 4.3：
The Standard Model Taxonomy of Hadrons / 4.3.1：
Hadron Masses / 4.3.2：
Hadron Angular Momenta / 4.3.3：
The Equivalence Principle, Special Relativity, and Newton's Gravitational Law / 4.4：
The Weak Equivalence Principle / 5.1：
Special Relativity / 5.2：
Implications of the Special Relativity: Length Contraction and Time Dilation / 5.2.1：
Transformation of Velocities / 5.2.2：
Accelerated Motions / 5.2.3：
Forces in Relativistic Mechanics / 5.2.4：
Newton's Universal Gravitational Law / 5.3：
The Synthesis of Newton's Gravitational Law, Equivalence Principle, and Special Relativity / 5.4：
Einstein's Equivalence Principle and Strong Equivalence Principle / 5.5：
The Three and Two Rotating Neutrino Models: Particle Confinement by Gravity / 5.6：
Requirements for a Satisfactory Hadron Formation Model / 6.1：
The Inertial and Gravitational Mass of Fast Neutrinos / 6.2：
The Three-Neutrino Model / 6.3：
Equivalence Principle and Inertial Mass / 6.3.1：
The Classical Mechanical Problem / 6.3.2：
The de Broglie Wavelength Expression and Consistency with Quantum Mechanics / 6.3.3：
Numerical Substitutions / 6.3.4：
The Two-Neutrino Model / 6.4：
Summarizing Remarks / 6.5：
Energy and Other Properties of the Rotational States / 6.6：
Potential, Translational, and Total Energy of the Neutrinos / 7.1：
Properties of the Bound States / 7.2：
Rest Energy and Binding Energy / 7.2.1：
Radii and Lorentz Factors γ / 7.2.2：
Lifetimes and Rotational Periods / 7.2.3：
Spins and Charges / 7.2.4：
Magnetic Moments / 7.2.5：
Inertial Mass and Angular Momentum / 7.2.6：
Gravitational Force / 7.2.7：
Summary of the Comparison with Experiment / 7.2.8：
Gravitational Constant / 7.2.9：
Energy-Curvature Dependence and General Relativity / 7.3：
Model Consistency with General Relativity: Kerr Black Holes / 7.4：
Gravitational Hadronization: How Mass Can Be Produced from Gravity / 7.5：
The Generation of Rest Mass by the Kinetic Energy of the Constituents of a Confined State / 8.1：
Thermodynamics of Neutrino and Quark-Gluon Plasma Condensation / 8.2：
Model Comparison with the Main Experimental Features of the Strong Interaction Force / 8.3：
Quarks, Gluons, and Color Charge / 9.1：
Quarks / 9.1.1：
Gluons / 9.1.2：
Color Charge / 9.1.3：
Confinement and Asymptotic Freedom / 9.1.4：
Scattering Cross Sections and Hadron Jets / 9.1.5：
The Bohr-de Broglie Approach in Physics: The Dual Nature of Matter / 9.2：
Merits / 10.1：
Limitations / 10.2：
Charged Baryons / 10.3：
Gravity at Relativistic Velocities and Dark Matter / 10.4：
Dark Matter in Galaxies / 11.1：
Newton's Gravitational Law and Special Relativity / 11.2：
Virial Theorem and Dark Matter / 11.3：
Alternate Explanations / 11.4：
Gravity Modification / 11.5：
Gravitational Mass / 11.6：
Neutrinos in Space / 11.7：
Force Unification: Is the Strong Force Simply Gravity? / 11.8：
Coupling Constants: Facts and Expectations / 12.1：
Gravitational Coupling Constants / 12.2：
Epilogue / 12.3：
A Natural Constant Symbols and Values
Index
1905-1930: The Golden Age of Physics / 1：
The Three Major Breakthroughs / 1.1：
Open Problems / 1.2：
30.

図書
図書
30. Discounting, LIBOR, CVA and funding : interest rate and credit pricing
Chris Kenyon and Roland Stamm
出版情報: Basingstoke : Palgrave Macmillan, 2012  xxiv, 227 p. ; 24 cm
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
List of Tables
List of Figures
Preface
Acknowledgments
Disclaimer
Back to the Basics / 1：
Interest rates / 1.1：
LIBOR / 1.1.1：
Day count conventions / 1.1.2：
Accrued interest and spot / 1.1.3：
Zero rates and discounting / 1.1.4：
Interest rate derivatives / 1.2：
FRAs and swaps / 1.2.1：
Caps, floors, and swaptions / 1.2.2：
Basis swaps / 1.2.3：
FX and cross-currency trades / 1.3：
FX forwards / 1.3.1：
Cross-currency swaps / 1.3.2：
Bootstrapping of Zero Curves / 2：
Money market rates / 2.1：
Forward rates / 2.2：
Swap rates / 2.3：
Interpolation issues / 2.4：
A Plethora of Credit Spreads / 3：
Introduction / 3.1：
CDS spread / 3.2：
Product description / 3.2.1：
Bootstrapping hazard rates from CDS spreads / 3.2.2：
Standard CDS contracts / 3.2.3：
Floating recovery rates / 3.2.4：
CDS spread risk / 3.2.5：
Zero spread / 3.3：
Zero spread risk / 3.3.1：
I spread / 3.4：
I spread risk / 3.4.1：
Par asset swap spread / 3.5：
Inflation-linked asset swaps / 3.5.1：
Implying par asset swap spreads in other currencies / 3.5.3：
Bootstrapping hazard rates from asset swap spreads / 3.5.4：
Par asset swap spread risk / 3.5.5：
Risky floater spread / 3.6：
Risky floater spread risk / 3.6.1：
Connections between spreads / 3.7：
From bond prices to CDS spreads / 3.7.1：
The asset swap - CDS basis / 3.7.2：
Introduction to Basis Spreads / 4：
Something is rotten in the state of pricing / 4.1：
Forwards / 4.1.1：
Overnight indexed swaps / 4.1.2：
Origins / 4.2：
Collateralization and fixings / 4.2.1：
Modeling approaches / 4.3：
Practicalities / 4.3.1：
Simple approaches / 4.3.2：
Local Discount Curves / 5：
Basis swaps in one currency / 5.1：
Standard tenor discount curve / 5.1.1：
OIS discount curve / 5.1.2：
Building the forward curve / 5.2：
Example / 5.3：
Cross-currency basis swaps / 5.4：
Global Discount Curve / 6：
Curve construction / 6.1：
Impact on hedge accounting / 6.2：
Non-Linear Products / 7：
Short rate / 7.1：
FX analogy / 7.2.1：
Discount + spread / 7.2.2：
Extensions for smiles / 7.2.3：
Tenor forward rate / 7.3：
Volatilities / 7.3.1：
Cap and floor volatilities for non-standard tenors / 7.4.1：
Swaption volatilities for non-standard tenors: first approach / 7.4.2：
Swaption volatilities for non-standard tenors: new market approach / 7.4.3：
CVA: Instrument Level / 8：
Closeout / 8.1：
Pricing by expectation / 8.2：
CVA and DVA / 8.2.1：
CVA, DVA, and FVA / 8.2.2：
Critique / 8.2.3：
Pricing by Hedging / 8.3：
Feynman-Kac / 8.3.1：
FVA / 8.3.2：
Zero funding costs / 8.3.3：
Other Perspectives / 8.3.5：
Conditions for trading / 8.4.1：
P&L takeout / 8.4.2：
CVA: Firm Level / 9：
Regulation and interpretation / 9.1：
Reports / 9.1.2：
Balance sheet / 9.2：
Asset-bank-counterparty model / 9.3：
Intuition / 9.3.1：
Effect of own-default on assets and liabilities / 9.3.2：
ABC model / 9.3.3：
Base case: all assets MtM, no collateral, no goodwill / 9.3.4：
Collateral / 9.3.5：
Goodwill / 9.1.6：
Assets on inventory / 9.3.7：
Final Comment / 9.3.8：
Bawl III / 10：
Summary of base III / 10.1：
Exposure under basel II / 10.3：
Contingent capital (CoCo) / 10.4：
Stressed parameters for counterparty risk / 10.5：
CVA risk capital Charge / 10.6：
Alternative calculation methods / 10.6.1：
Calculation under IMM / 10.6.2：
Mitigation / 10.6.3：
Why Is the CVA risk capital charge important? / 10.6.4：
Consequences / 10.6.5：
Wrong-way risk / 10.7：
Backtesting / 11：
Regulatory guidance / 11.1：
Backtesting framework / 11.2：
Notation / 11.2.1：
Instrument dependence on distribution / 11.2.2：
Counterparty exposure setups / 11.2.3：
Distribution weighting from dynamic synthetic portfolios / 11.2.4：
Hypothesis testing / 11.2.5：
Example results for WTI oil / 11.2.6：
Diagnostics / 11.2.7：
Splitting approach / 11.2.8：
Short rates, market-implied calibration, historical backtesting / 11.3：
Bibliography
Index
List of Tables
List of Figures
Preface
31.

図書
図書
31. Manufacturing automation : metal cutting mechanics, machine tool vibrations, and CNC design. 2nd ed (: pbk ; : hardback)
Yusuf Altintas
出版情報: New York : Cambridge University Press, 2012  xii, 366 p. ; 26 cm
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Introduction / 1：
Mechanics of Metal Cutting / 2：
Mechanics of Orthogonal Cutting / 2.1：
Mechanistic Modeling of Cutting Forces / 2.3：
Theoretical Prediction of Shear Angle / 2.4：
Mechanics of Oblique Cutting / 2.5：
Oblique Cutting Geometry / 2.5.1：
Solution of Oblique Cutting Parameters / 2.5.2：
Prediction of Cutting Forces / 2.5.3：
Mechanics of Turning Processes / 2.6：
Mechanics of Milling Processes / 2.7：
Mechanics of Helical End Mills / 2.7.1：
Analytical Modeling of End Milling Forces / 2.8：
Mechanistic Identification of Cutting Constants in Milling / 2.8.1：
Mechanics of Drilling / 2.9：
Tool Wear and Tool Breakage / 2.10：
Tool Wear / 2.10.1：
Tool Breakage / 2.10.2：
Problems / 2.11：
Structural Dynamics of Machines / 3：
Machine Tool Structures / 3.1：
Dimensional Form Errors in Machining / 3.3：
Form Errors in Cylindrical Turning / 3.3.1：
Boring Bar / 3.3.2：
Form Errors in End Milling / 3.3.3：
Structural Vibrations in Machining / 3.4：
Fundamentals of Free and Forced Vibrations / 3.4.1：
Oriented Frequency Response Function / 3.4.2：
Design and Measurement Coordinate Systems / 3.4.3：
Analytical Modal Analysis for Multi-Degree-of-Freedom Systems / 3.4.4：
Relative Frequency Response Function between Tool and Workpiece / 3.4.5：
Modal Testing of Machine Structures / 3.5：
Theory of Frequency Response Testing / 3.5.1：
Experimental Procedures in Modal Testing / 3.5.2：
Experimental Modal Analysis for Multi-Degree-of-Freedom Systems / 3.6：
Identification of Modal Parameters / 3.7：
Global Nonlinear Optimization of Modal Parameter Identification / 3.7.1：
Receptance Coupling of End Mills to Spindle-Tool Holder Assembly / 3.8：
Experimental Procedure / 3.8.1：
Machine Tool Vibrations / 3.9：
Stability of Regenerative Chatter Vibrations in Orthogonal Cutting / 4.1：
Stability of Orthogonal Cutting / 4.2.1：
Dimensionless Analysis of Stability Lobes in Orthogonal Cutting / 4.2.2：
Chatter Stability of Orthogonal Cutting with Process Damping / 4.2.3：
Chatter Stability of Turning Operations / 4.3：
Chatter Stability of Turning Systems with Process Damping / 4.4：
Metal Cutting Forces / 4.4.1：
Process Damping Gains Contributed by Flank Wear / 4.4.2：
Stability Analysis / 4.4.3：
Experimental Validation / 4.5：
Analytical Prediction of Chatter Vibrations in Milling / 4.6：
Dynamic Milling Model / 4.6.1：
Zero-Order Solution of Chatter Stability in Milling / 4.6.2：
Multi-Frequency Solution of Chatter Stability in Milling / 4.6.3：
Chatter Stability of Drilling Operations / 4.7：
Dynamic Drilling Force Model / 4.7.1：
Frequency Domain Solution of Drilling Stability / 4.8：
Semidiscrete Time Domain Solution of Chatter Stability / 4.9：
Orthogonal Cutting / 4.9.1：
Discrete Time Domain Stability Solution in Milling / 4.9.2：
Technology of Manufacturing Automation / 4.10：
Computer Numerically Controlled Unit / 5.1：
Organization of a CNC Unit / 5.2.1：
CNC Executive / 5.2.2：
CNC Machine Tool Axis Conventions / 5.2.3：
NC Part Program Structure / 5.2.4：
Main Preparatory Functions / 5.2.5：
Computer-Assisted NC Part Programming / 5.3：
Basics of Analytical Geometry / 5.3.1：
APT Part Programming Language / 5.3.2：
Trajectory Generation for Computer-Controlled Machines / 5.4：
Interpolation with Constant Displacement / 5.4.1：
Acceleration-Limited Velocity Profile Generation with Constant Interpolation Period / 5.4.2：
Jerk-Limited Velocity Profile Generation / 5.4.3：
Real-Time Interpolation Methods / 5.5：
Linear Interpolation Algorithm / 5.5.1：
Circular Interpolation Algorithm / 5.5.2：
Quintic Spline Interpolation within CNC Systems / 5.5.3：
Design and Analysis of Cnc Systems / 5.6：
Machine Tool Drives / 6.1：
Mechanical Components and Torque Requirements / 6.2.1：
Feedback Devices / 6.2.2：
Electrical Drives / 6.2.3：
Permanent Magnet Armature-Controlled dc Motors / 6.2.4：
Position Control Loop / 6.2.5：
Transfer Function of the Position Loop / 6.3：
State Space Model of Feed Drive Control Systems / 6.4：
Sliding Mode Controller / 6.5：
Active Damping of Feed Drives / 6.6：
Design of an Electrohydraulic CNC Press Brake / 6.7：
Hydraulic Press Brake System / 6.7.1：
Dynamic Model of Hydraulic Actuator Module / 6.7.2：
Identification of Electrohydraulic Drive Dynamics for Computer Control / 6.7.3：
Digital Position Control System Design / 6.7.4：
Sensor-Assisted Machining / 6.8：
Intelligent Machining Module / 7.1：
Hardware Architecture / 7.2.1：
Software Architecture / 7.2.2：
Intelligent Machining Application / 7.2.3：
Adaptive Control of Peak Forces in Milling / 7.3：
Discrete Transfer Function of the Milling Process System / 7.3.1：
Pole-Placement Control Algorithm / 7.3.3：
Adaptive Generalized Predictive Control of Milling Process / 7.3.4：
In-Process Detection of Tool Breakage / 7.3.5：
Chatter Detection and Suppression / 7.3.6：
Intelligent Pocketing with the IMM System / 7.4：
Laplace and 2 Transforms / 7.5：
Basic Definitions / A.1：
Partial Fraction Expansion Method / A.3：
Partial Fraction Expansion Method to Determine Inverse Laplace and z Transforms / A.4：
Off-Line and On-Line Parameter Estimation with Least Squares / Appendix B：
Off-Line Least-Squares Estimation / B.1：
Recursive Parameter Estimation Algorithm / B.2：
Bibliography
Index
Analytical Modeling of End Mining Forces
Design and Analysis of CNC Systems
Laplace and z Transforms
Off-Line and On-Line Parameter Estimation With Least Squares
Preface
Introduction / 1：
Mechanics of Metal Cutting / 2：
32.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
32. The Geometry of Special Relativity - a Concise Course
Norbert Dragon
出版情報: SpringerLink Books - AutoHoldings , Springer Berlin Heidelberg, 2012
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Structures of Spacetime / 1：
Properties of the Vacuum / 1.1：
Measuring Rods / 1.2：
Limit Speed / 1.3：
Quantum Teleportation and Bell's Inequality / 1.4：
Time and Distance / 2：
Theorem of Minkowski / 2.1：
Addition of Velocities / 2.2：
Time Dilation / 2.3：
Length Contraction / 2.4：
Doppler Effect / 2.5：
Spacetime Coordinates / 2.6：
Scalar Product and Length Squared / 2.7：
Perspectives / 2.8：
Transformations / 3：
Lorentz Transformation of Coordinates / 3.1：
Perception / 3.2：
Energy and Momentum / 3.3：
Relativistic Particles / 4：
Clocks on Worldlines / 4.1：
Free Particles / 4.2：
Action Principle / 4.3：
Symmetries and Conserved Quantities / 4.4：
Interlude in Linear Algebra / 4.5：
Electrodynamics / 5：
Covariant Maxwell Equations / 5.1：
The Electrodynamic Potentials / 5.2：
Wave Equation / 5.4：
Action Principle and Noether's Theorems / 5.5：
Charged Point Particle / 5.6：
The Lorentz Group / 6：
Rotations / 6.1：
Lorentz Transformations / 6.2：
The Rotation Group SU(2)/Z2 / 6.3：
The Group SL(2, C) / 6.4：
Möbius Transformations of Light Rays / 6.5：
References
Index
Structures of Spacetime / 1：
Properties of the Vacuum / 1.1：
Measuring Rods / 1.2：
33.

図書
図書
33. Special issue : non-CO[2] greenhouse gasses (: pbk)
guest editors, André van Amstel, Peter van Velthoven and Arjan Hensen
出版情報: Abingdon : Taylor & Francis, 2012  233 p. ; 25 cm
シリーズ名: Journal of integrative environmental sciences ; v. 9, suppl. 1
所蔵情報: loading…
34.

コンピュータファイル
コンピュータファイル
34. First Sentinel-2 : Preparatory symposium, 23–27 April 2012, ESRIN, Frascati, Italy
ed.: L. Ouwehand
出版情報: Noordwijk, The Netherlands : ESA Communications, c2012  1 CD-ROM ; 12 cm
シリーズ名: ESA SP ; 707
所蔵情報: loading…
35.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
35. Correlated electrons in quantum matter (: electronic bk)
Peter Fulde
出版情報: Singapore ; Hackensack, N.J. : World Scientific Pub. Co., c2012  1 online resource (xiii, 535 p.)
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introduction / 1：
Independent Electrons / 2：
Many-Electron Hamiltonian / 2.1：
Basis Sets / 2.2：
Self-consistent Field Equations / 2.3：
Unrestricted SCF Approximation / 2.4：
Missing Features of the Independent-Electron Approximation / 2.5：
Homogeneous Electron Gas / 3：
Uncorrelated Electrons / 3.1：
Random-Phase Approximation / 3.2：
Wigner Crystal / 3.3：
Density Functional Theory / 4：
Theory of Hohenberg, Kohn and Sham / 4.1：
Local-Density Approximation and Extensions / 4.2：
Strong Electron Correlations: LDA+U / 4.3：
The Energy Gap Problem / 4.4：
Time-Dependent DFT / 4.5：
Wavefunction-Based Methods / 5：
Method of Configuration Interactions / 5.1：
Cumulants and their Properties / 5.2：
Ground-State Wavefunction and Energy / 5.3：
Method of Increments / 5.3.1：
Different Approximation Schemes / 5.4：
Partitioning and Projection Methods / 5.4.1：
Coupled Cluster Method / 5.4.2：
Selection of Excitation Operators / 5.4.3：
Trial Wavefunctions / 5.4.4：
Correlated Ground-State Wavefunctions / 6：
Semiconductors / 6.1：
Model for Interatomic Correlations / 6.1.1：
Estimates of Intra-Atomic Correlations / 6.1.2：
Ab Initio Results / 6.1.3：
Ionic and van der Waals Solids / 6.2：
Three Oxides: MgO, CaO and NiO / 6.2.1：
Rare-Gas Solids / 6.2.2：
Simple Metals / 6.3：
Ground States with Strong Correlations: CASSCF / 6.4：
Quasiparticle Excitations / 7：
Single-particle Green's Function / 7.1：
Perturbation Expansions / 7.1.1：
Temperature Green's Function / 7.1.2：
Quasiparticles in Metals / 7.2：
Quasiparticles in Semiconductors and Insulators / 7.3：
Quasiparticle Approximation / 7.3.1：
A Simple Model: Bond-Orbital Approximation / 7.3.2：
Wavefunction-Based Ab Inito Calculations / 7.3.3：
Incoherent Excitations / 8：
Projection Method / 8.1：
An Example: Hubbard Model / 8.2：
Coherent-Potential Approximations / 9：
Static Disorder / 9.1：
Dynamical Disorder: DMFT and Beyond / 9.2：
Strongly Correlated Electrons / 10：
Measure of Correlation Strengths / 10.1：
Indicators of Strong Correlations / 10.2：
Low-Energy Scales: a Simple Model / 10.2.1：
Effective Hamiltonians / 10.2.2：
Kondo Effect / 10.3：
The Hubbard Model Revisited / 10.4：
Spin-Density Wave Ground State / 10.4.1：
Gutzwiller's Ground-State Wavefunction / 10.4.2：
Hubbard's Approximations and their Extensions / 10.4.3：
Kanamori Limit / 10.4.4：
The t-J Model / 10.5：
Mean-Field Approximations / 10.6：
Test of Different Approximation Schemes / 10.6.1：
Metal-Insulator Transitions / 10.7：
Numerical Studies / 10.8：
Break-down of Fermi Liquid Description / 10.9：
Marginal Fermi Liquid Behavior / 10.9.1：
Charged and Neutral Quasiparticles / 10.9.2：
Hubbard Chains / 10.9.3：
Quantum Critical Point / 10.9.4：
Transition Metals / 11：
Ground-State Wavefunction / 11.1：
Satellite Structures / 11.2：
Temperature-Dependent Magnetism / 11.3：
Local Spin Fluctuations / 11.3.1：
Long-Wavelength Spin Fluctuations / 11.3.2：
Transition-Metal Oxides / 12：
Doped Charge-Transfer Systems: the Cuprates / 12.1：
Quasiparticle-like Excitations / 12.1.1：
Orbital Ordering / 12.2：
Manganites: LaMnO3 and related Compounds / 12.2.1：
Vanadates: LaVO3 / 12.2.2：
Ladder Systems: αÆ-NaV2O5 / 12.2.3：
Other Oxides / 12.2.4：
Heavy Quasiparticles / 13：
Kondo Lattice Systems / 13.1：
Renormalized Band Theory / 13.1.1：
Large Versus Small Fermi Surface / 13.1.2：
Mean-Field Treatment / 13.1.3：
Charge Ordering in Yb4As3: an Instructive Example / 13.2：
Partial Localization: Dual Role of 5f Electrons / 13.3：
Heavy d Electrons: LiV2O4 / 13.4：
Excitations with Fractional Charges / 14：
Trans-Polyacetylene / 14.1：
Fractional Quantum Hall Effect / 14.2：
Correlated Electrons on Frustrated Lattices / 14.3：
Loop Models / 14.3.1：
Dimer Models / 14.3.2：
Mapping to a U(1) Gauge Theory / 14.3.3：
Magnetic Monopoles / 14.3.4：
Superconductivity / 15：
The Superconducting State / 15.1：
Pair States / 15.1.1：
BCS Ground State / 15.1.2：
Cooper Pair Breaking / 15.2：
Ergodic vs. Nonergodic Perturbations / 15.2.1：
Pairing Electrons with Population Imbalance / 15.2.2：
Cooper Pairing without Phonons / 15.3：
Filled Skutterudite PrOs4Sb12 / 15.3.1：
UPd2Al3: Pairing and Time-Reversal Symmetry Breaking / 15.3.2：
Magnetic Resonances / 15.4：
High-Tc Superconductors / 15.5：
Suppression of Antiferromagnetic Order by Holes / 15.5.1：
Pseudogap Regime / 15.5.2：
Strange Metal / 15.5.3：
Optical Properties: Drude Peak / 15.5.4：
Pairing Interactions / 15.5.5：
Stripe Formation / 15.5.6：
Some Relations for Cumulants / A：
Scattering Matrix in Single-Centre and Two-Centre Approximation / B：
Intra-atomic Correlations in a C Atom / C：
Landau Parameter: Quasiparticle Mass / D：
Kondo Lattices: Quasiparticle Interactions / E：
Lanczos Method / F：
Density Matrix Renormalization Group / G：
Monte Carlo Methods / H：
Sampling Techniques / H.1：
Ground-State Energy / H.2：
Computing the Memory Function by Increments / I：
Kagome Lattice at 1/3 Filling / J：
References
Index
Ladder Systems: α'-NaV2O5
Charge Ordering in Yb4As3: an Instructive Example
Filled Skutterudite PrOs4Sb12
Strange-Metal
1 Sampling Techniques
2 Ground-State Energy
Introduction / 1：
Independent Electrons / 2：
Many-Electron Hamiltonian / 2.1：
36.

図書
図書
36. Foundations of machine learning
Mehryar Mohri, Afshin Rostamizadeh, and Ameet Talwalkar
出版情報: Cambridge, MA : MIT Press, c2012  xii, 412 p. ; 24cm
シリーズ名: Adaptive computation and machine learning
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Introduction / 1：
Applications and problems / 1.1：
Definitions and terminology / 1.2：
Cross-validation / 1.3：
Learning scenarios / 1.4：
Outline / 1.5：
The PAC Learning Framework / 2：
The PAC learning model / 2.1：
Guarantees for finite hypothesis sets - consistent case / 2.2：
Guarantees for finite hypothesis sets - inconsistent case / 2.3：
Generalities / 2.4：
Deterministic versus stochastic scenarios / 2.4.1：
Bayes error and noise / 2.4.2：
Estimation and approximation errors / 2.4.3：
Model selection / 2.4.4：
Chapter notes / 2.5：
Exercises / 2.6：
Rademacher Complexity and VC-Dimension / 3：
Rademacher complexity / 3.1：
Growth function / 3.2：
VC-dimension / 3.3：
Lower bounds / 3.4：
Support Vector Machines / 3.5：
Linear classification / 4.1：
SVMs - separable case / 4.2：
Primal optimization problem / 4.2.1：
Support vectors / 4.2.2：
Dual optimization problem / 4.2.3：
Leave-one-out analysis / 4.2.4：
SVMs - non-separable case / 4.3：
Margin theory / 4.3.1：
Kernel Methods / 4.5：
Positive definite symmetric kernels / 5.1：
Definitions / 5.2.1：
Reproducing kernel Hilbert space / 5.2.2：
Properties / 5.2.3：
Kernel-based algorithms / 5.3：
SVMs with PDS kernels / 5.3.1：
Representer theorem / 5.3.2：
Learning guarantees / 5.3.3：
Negative definite symmetric kernels / 5.4：
Sequence kernels / 5.5：
Weighted transducers / 5.5.1：
Rational kernels / 5.5.2：
Boosting / 5.6：
AdaBoost / 6.1：
Bound on the empirical error / 6.2.1：
Relationship with coordinate descent / 6.2.2：
Relationship with logistic regression / 6.2.3：
Standard use in practice / 6.2.4：
Theoretical results / 6.3：
VC-dimension-based analysis / 6.3.1：
Margin-based analysis / 6.3.2：
Margin maximization / 6.3.3：
Game-theoretic interpretation / 6.3.4：
Discussion / 6.4：
On-Line Learning / 6.5：
Prediction with expert advice / 7.1：
Mistake bounds and Halving algorithm / 7.2.1：
Weighted majority algorithm / 7.2.2：
Randomized weighted majority algorithm / 7.2.3：
Exponential weighted average algorithm / 7.2.4：
Perceptron algorithm / 7.3：
Winnow algorithm / 7.3.2：
On-line to batch conversion / 7.4：
Game-theoretic connection / 7.5：
Multi-Class Classification / 7.6：
Multi-class classification problem / 8.1：
Generalization bounds / 8.2：
Uncombined multi-class algorithms / 8.3：
Multi-class SVMs / 8.3.1：
Multi-class boosting algorithms / 8.3.2：
Decision trees / 8.3.3：
Aggregated multi-class algorithms / 8.4：
One-versus-all / 8.4.1：
One-versus-one / 8.4.2：
Error-correction codes / 8.4.3：
Structured prediction algorithms / 8.5：
Ranking / 8.6：
The problem of ranking / 9.1：
Generalization bound / 9.2：
Ranking with SVMs / 9.3：
RankBoost / 9.4：
Margin bound for ensemble methods in ranking / 9.4.1：
Bipartite ranking / 9.5：
Boosting in bipartite ranking / 9.5.1：
Area under the ROC curve / 9.5.2：
Preference-based setting / 9.6：
Second-stage ranking problem / 9.6.1：
Deterministic algorithm / 9.6.2：
Randomized algorithm / 9.6.3：
Extension to other loss functions / 9.6.4：
Regression / 9.7：
The problem of regression / 10.1：
Finite hypothesis sets / 10.2：
Rademacher complexity bounds / 10.2.2：
Pseudo-dimension bounds / 10.2.3：
Regression algorithms / 10.3：
Linear regression / 10.3.1：
Kernel ridge regression / 10.3.2：
Support vector regression / 10.3.3：
Lasso / 10.3.4：
Group norm regression algorithms / 10.3.5：
On-line regression algorithms / 10.3.6：
Algorithmic Stability / 10.4：
Stability-based generalization guarantee / 11.1：
Stability of kernel-based regularization algorithms / 11.3：
Application to regression algorithms: SVR and KRR / 11.3.1：
Application to classification algorithms: SVMs / 11.3.2：
Dimensionality Reduction / 11.3.3：
Principal Component Analysis / 12.1：
Kernel Principal Component Analysis (KPCA) / 12.2：
KPCA and manifold learning / 12.3：
Isomap / 12.3.1：
Laplacian eigenmaps / 12.3.2：
Locally linear embedding (LLE) / 12.3.3：
Johnson-Lindenstrauss lemma / 12.4：
Learning Automata and Languages / 12.5：
Finite automata / 13.1：
Efficient exact learning / 13.3：
Passive learning / 13.3.1：
Learning with queries / 13.3.2：
Learning automata with queries / 13.3.3：
Identification in the limit / 13.4：
Learning reversible automata / 13.4.1：
Reinforcement Learning / 13.5：
Learning scenario / 14.1：
Markov decision process model / 14.2：
Policy / 14.3：
Definition / 14.3.1：
Policy value / 14.3.2：
Policy evaluation / 14.3.3：
Optimal policy / 14.3.4：
Planning algorithms / 14.4：
Value iteration / 14.4.1：
Policy iteration / 14.4.2：
Linear programming / 14.4.3：
Learning algorithms / 14.5：
Stochastic approximation / 14.5.1：
TD(0) algorithm / 14.5.2：
Q-learning algorithm / 14.5.3：
SARSA / 14.5.4：
TD(λ) algorithm / 14.5.5：
Large state space / 14.5.6：
Conclusion / 14.6：
Linear Algebra Review / A：
Vectors and norms / A.1：
Norms / A.1.1：
Dual norms / A.1.2：
Matrices / A.2：
Matrix norms / A.2.1：
Singular value decomposition / A.2.2：
Symmetric positive semidefinite (SPSD) matrices / A.2.3：
Convex Optimization / B：
Differentiation and unconstrained optimization / B.1：
Convexity / B.2：
Constrained optimization / B.3：
Probability Review / B.4：
Probability / C.1：
Random variables / C.2：
Conditional probability and independence / C.3：
Expectation, Markov's inequality, and moment-generating function / C.4：
Variance and Chebyshev's inequality / C.5：
Concentration inequalities / D：
Hoeffding's inequality / D.1：
McDiarmid's inequality / D.2：
Other inequalities / D.3：
Binomial distribution: Slud's inequality / D.3.1：
Normal distribution: tail bound / D.3.2：
Khintchine-Kahane inequality / D.3.3：
Notation / D.4：
References
Index
Preface
Introduction / 1：
Applications and problems / 1.1：
37.

図書
図書
37. XFEM fracture analysis of composites
Soheil Mohammadi
出版情報: Chichester, West Sussex : John Wiley & Sons, 2012  xxvii, 371 p. ; 26 cm
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Nomenclature
Introduction / 1：
Composite Structures / 1.1：
Failures of Composites / 1.2：
Matrix Cracking / 1.2.1：
Delamination / 1.2.2：
Fibre/Matrix Debonding / 1.2.3：
Fibre Breakage / 1.2.4：
Macro Models of Cracking in Composites / 1.2.5：
Crack Analysis / 1.3：
Local and Non-Local Formulations / 1.3.1：
Theoretical Methods for Failure Analysis / 1.3.2：
Analytical Solutions for Composites / 1.4：
Continuum Models / 1.4.1：
Fracture Mechanics of Composites / 1.4.2：
Numerical Techniques / 1.5：
Boundary Element Method / 1.5.1：
Finite Element Method / 1.5.2：
Adaptive Finite/Discrete Element Method / 1.5.3：
Meshless Methods / 1.5.4：
Extended Finite Element Method / 1.5.5：
Extended Isogeometric Analysis / 1.5.6：
Multiscale Analysis / 1.5.7：
Scope of the Book / 1.6：
Fracture Mechanics, A Review / 2：
Basics of Elasticity / 2.1：
Stress-Strain Relations / 2.2.1：
Airy Stress Function / 2.2.2：
Complex Stress Functions / 2.2.3：
Basics of LEFM / 2.3：
Fracture Mechanics / 2.3.1：
Infinite Tensile Plate with a Circular Hole / 2.3.2：
Infinite Tensile Plate with an Elliptical Hole / 2.3.3：
Westergaard Analysis of a Line Crack / 2.3.4：
Williams Solution of a Wedge Corner / 2.3.5：
Stress Intensity Factor, K / 2.4：
Definition of the Stress Intensity Factor / 2.4.1：
Examples of Stress Intensity Factors for LEFM / 2.4.2：
Griffith Energy Theories / 2.4.3：
Mixed Mode Crack Propagation / 2.4.4：
Classical Solution Procedures for K and G / 2.5：
Displacement Extrapolation/Correlation Method / 2.5.1：
Mode I Energy Release Rate / 2.5.2：
Mode I Stiffness Derivative/Virtual Crack Model / 2.5.3：
Two Virtual Crack Extensions for Mixed Mode Cases / 2.5.4：
Single Virtual Crack Extension Based on Displacement Decomposition / 2.5.5：
Quarter Point Singular Elements / 2.6：
J Integral / 2.7：
Generalization of J / 2.7.1：
Effect of Crack Surface Traction / 2.7.2：
Effect of Body Force / 2.7.3：
Equivalent Domain Integral (EDI) Method / 2.7.4：
Interaction Integral Method / 2.7.5：
Elastoplastic Fracture Mechanics (EPFM) / 2.8：
Plastic Zone / 2.8.1：
Crack-Tip Opening Displacements (CTOD) / 2.8.2：
J Integral for EPFM / 2.8.3：
Historic Development of XFEM / 3：
A Review of XFEM Development / 3.2.1：
A Review of XFEM Composite Analysis / 3.2.2：
Enriched Approximations / 3.3：
Partition of Unity / 3.3.1：
Intrinsic and Extrinsic Enrichments / 3.3.2：
Partition of Unity Finite Element Method / 3.3.3：
MLS Enrichment / 3.3.4：
Generalized Finite Element Method / 3.3.5：
Generalized PU Enrichment / 3.3.6：
XFEM Formulation / 3.4：
Basic XFEM Approximation / 3.4.1：
Signed Distance Function / 3.4.2：
Modelling the Crack / 3.4.3：
Governing Equation / 3.4.4：
XFEM Discretization / 3.4.5：
Evaluation of Derivatives of Enrichment Functions / 3.4.6：
Selection of Nodes for Discontinuity Enrichment / 3.4.7：
Numerical Integration / 3.4.8：
XFEM Strong Discontinuity Enrichments / 3.5：
A Modified FE Shape Function / 3.5.1：
The Heaviside Function / 3.5.2：
The Sign Function / 3.5.3：
Strong Tangential Discontinuity / 3.5.4：
Crack Intersection / 3.5.5：
XFEM Weak Discontinuity Enrichments / 3.6：
XFEM Crack-Tip Enrichments / 3.7：
Isotropic Enrichment / 3.7.1：
Orthotropic Enrichment Functions / 3.7.2：
Bimaterial Enrichments / 3.7.3：
Orthotropic Bimaterial Enrichments / 3.7.4：
Dynamic Enrichment / 3.7.5：
Orthotropic Dynamic Enrichments for Moving Cracks / 3.7.6：
Bending Plates / 3.7.7：
Crack-Tip Enrichments in Shells / 3.7.8：
Electro-Mechanical Enrichment / 3.7.9：
Dislocation Enrichment / 3.7.10：
Hydraulic Fracture Enrichment / 3.7.11：
Plastic Enrichment / 3.7.12：
Viscoelastic Enrichment / 3.7.13：
Contact Corner Enrichment / 3.7.14：
Modification for Large Deformation Problems / 3.7.15：
Automatic Enrichment / 3.7.16：
Transition from Standard to Enriched Approximation / 3.8：
Linear Blending / 3.8.1：
Hierarchical Transition Domain / 3.8.2：
Tracking Moving Boundaries / 3.9：
Level Set Method / 3.9.1：
Alternative Methods / 3.9.2：
Numerical Simulations / 3.10：
A Central Crack in an Infinite Tensile Plate / 3.10.1：
An Edge Crack in a Finite Plate / 3.10.2：
Tensile Plate with a Central Inclined Crack / 3.10.3：
A Bending Plate in Fracture Mode III / 3.10.4：
Crack Propagation in a Shell / 3.10.5：
Shear Band Simulation / 3.10.6：
Fault Simulation / 3.10.7：
Sliding Contact Stress Singularity by PUFEM / 3.10.8：
Hydraulic Fracture / 3.10.9：
Dislocation Dynamics / 3.10.10：
Static Fracture Analysis of Composites / 4：
Anisotropic Elasticity / 4.1：
Elasticity Solution / 4.2.1：
Anisotropic Stress Functions / 4.2.2：
Analytical Solutions for Near Crack Tip / 4.3：
The General Solution / 4.3.1：
Special Solutions for Different Types of Composites / 4.3.2：
Orthotropic Mixed Mode Fracture / 4.4：
Energy Release Rate for Anisotropic Materials / 4.4.1：
Anisotropic Singular Elements / 4.4.2：
SIF Calculation by Interaction Integral / 4.4.3：
Orthotropic Crack Propagation Criteria / 4.4.4：
Anisotropic XFEM / 4.5：
Plate with a Crack Parallel to the Material Axis of Orthotropy / 4.5.1：
Edge Crack with Several Orientations of the Axes of Orthotropy / 4.6.2：
Inclined Edge Notched Tensile Specimen / 4.6.3：
Central Slanted Crack / 4.6.4：
An Inclined Centre Crack in a Disk Subjected to Point Loads / 4.6.5：
Crack Propagation in an Orthotropic Beam / 4.6.6：
Dynamic Fracture Analysis of Composites / 5：
Dynamic Fracture Mechanics / 5.1：
Dynamic Fracture Mechanics of Composites / 5.1.2：
Dynamic Fracture by XFEM / 5.1.3：
Analytical Solutions for Near Crack Tips in Dynamic States / 5.2：
Analytical Solution for a Propagating Crack in Isotropic Material / 5.2.1：
Asymptotic Solution for a Stationary Crack in Orthotropic Media / 5.2.2：
Analytical Solution for Near Crack Tip of a Propagating Crack in Orthotropic Material / 5.2.3：
Dynamic Stress Intensity Factors / 5.3：
Stationary and Moving Crack Dynamic Stress Intensity Factors / 5.3.1：
Dynamic Fracture Criteria / 5.3.2：
J Integral for Dynamic Problems / 5.3.3：
Domain Integral for Orthotropic Media / 5.3.4：
Interaction Integral / 5.3.5：
Crack-Axis Component of the Dynamic J Integral / 5.3.6：
Field Decomposition Technique / 5.3.7：
Dynamic XFEM / 5.4：
Dynamic Equations of Motion / 5.4.1：
XFEM Enrichment Functions / 5.4.2：
Time Integration Schemes / 5.4.4：
Plate with a Stationary Central Crack / 5.5：
Mode I Plate with an Edge Crack / 5.5.2：
Mixed Mode Edge Crack in Composite Plates / 5.5.3：
A Composite Plate with Double Edge Cracks under Impulsive Loading / 5.5.4：
Pre-Cracked Three Point Bending Beam under Impact Loading / 5.5.5：
Propagating Central Inclined Crack in a Circular Orthotropic Plate / 5.5.6：
Fracture Analysis of Functionally Graded Materials (FGMs) / 6：
Analytical Solution for Near a Crack Tip / 6.1：
Average Material Properties / 6.2.1：
Mode I Near Tip Fields in FGM Composites / 6.2.2：
Stress and Displacement Field (Similar to Homogeneous Orthotropic Composites) / 6.2.3：
Stress Intensity Factor / 6.3：
FGM Auxillary Fields / 6.3.1：
Isoparametric FGM / 6.3.4：
Crack Propagation in FGM Composites / 6.4：
Inhomogeneous XFEM / 6.5：
XFEM Approximation / 6.5.1：
Numerical Examples / 6.5.3：
Plate with a Centre Crack Parallel to the Material Gradient / 6.6.1：
Proportional FGM Plate with an Inclined Central Crack / 6.6.2：
Non-Proportional FGM Plate with a Fixed Inclined Central Crack / 6.6.3：
Rectangular Plate with an Inclined Crack (Non-Proportional Distribution) / 6.6.4：
Crack Propagation in a Four-Point FGM Beam / 6.6.5：
Delamination/Interlaminar Crack Analysis / 7：
Fracture Mechanics for Bimaterial Interface Cracks / 7.1：
Isotropic Bimaterial Interfaces / 7.2.1：
Orthotropic Bimaterial Interface Cracks / 7.2.2：
Stress Contours for a Crack between Two Dissimilar Orthotropic Materials / 7.2.3：
Stress Intensity Factors for Interlaminar Cracks / 7.3：
Delamination Propagation / 7.4：
Fracture Energy-Based Criteria / 7.4.1：
Stress-Based Criteria / 7.4.2：
Contact-Based Criteria / 7.4.3：
Bimaterial XFEM / 7.5：
XFEM Enrichment Functions for Bimaterial Problems / 7.5.1：
Discretization and Integration / 7.5.4：
Central Crack in an Infinite Bimaterial Plate / 7.6：
Isotropic-Orthotropic Bimaterial Crack / 7.6.2：
Orthotopic Double Cantilever Beam / 7.6.3：
Concrete Beams Strengthened with Fully Bonded GFRP / 7.6.4：
FRP Reinforced Concrete Cantilever Beam Subjected to Edge Loadings / 7.6.5：
Delamination of Metallic I Beams Strengthened by FRP Strips / 7.6.6：
Variable Section Beam Reinforced by FRP / 7.6.7：
New Orthotropic Frontiers / 8：
Orthotropic XIGA / 8.1：
NURBS Basis Function / 8.2.1：
XIGA Simulations / 8.2.2：
Orthotropic Dislocation Dynamics / 8.3：
Straight Dislocations in Anisotropic Materials / 8.3.1：
Edge Dislocations in Anisotropic Materials / 8.3.2：
Curve Dislocations in Anisotropic Materials / 8.3.3：
Anisotropic Dislocation XFEM / 8.3.4：
Plane Strain Anisotropic Solution / 8.3.5：
Individual Sliding Systems s1 and s2 in an Infinite Domain / 8.3.6：
Simultaneous Sliding Systems in an Infinite Domain / 8.3.7：
Other Anisotropic Applications / 8.4：
Biomechanics / 8.4.1：
Piezoelectric / 8.4.2：
References
Index
Preface
Nomenclature
Introduction / 1：
38.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
38. Stability and Transport in Magnetic Confinement Systems
Jan Weiland
出版情報: SpringerLink Books - AutoHoldings , Springer New York, 2012
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introduction / 1：
Principles for Confinement of Plasma by a Magnetic Field / 1.1：
Energy Balance in a Fusion Reactor / 1.2：
Magnetohydrodynamic Stability / 1.3：
Transport / 1.4：
Scaling Laws for Confinement of Plasma in Toroidal Systems / 1.5：
The Standpoint of Fusion Research Today / 1.6：
References
Different Ways of Describing Plasma Dynamics / 2：
General Particle Description, Liouville and Klimontovich Equations / 2.1：
Kinetic Theory as Generally Used by Plasma Physicists / 2.2：
Gyrokinetic Theory. / 2.3：
Fluid Theory as Obtained by Taking Moments of the Vlasov Equation / 2.4：
The Maxwell Equations / 2.4.1：
The Low Frequency Expansion / 2.4.2：
The Energy Equation / 2.4.3：
Gyrofluid Theory as Obtained by Taking Moments of the Gyrokinetic Equation / 2.5：
One Fluid Equations / 2.6：
Finite Larmor Radius Effects in a Fluid Description / 2.7：
Effects of Temperature Gradients / 2.7.1：
Fluid Description for Low Frequency Perturbations in an Inhomogeneous Plasma / 3：
Elementary Picture of Drift Waves / 3.1：
Effects of Finite Ion Inertia / 3.2.1：
Drift Instability / 3.2.2：
Excitation by Electron-Ion Collisions / 3.2.3：
MHD Type Modes / 3.3：
Alfvén Waves / 3.3.1：
Interchange Modes / 3.3.2：
The Convective Cell Mode / 3.3.3：
Electromagnetic Interchange Modes / 3.3.4：
Kink Modes / 3.3.5：
Stabilization of Electrostatic Interchange Modes by Parallel Electron Motion / 3.3.6：
FLR Stabilization of Interchange Modes / 3.3.7：
Kinetic Alfve'n Waves / 3.3.8：
Quasilinear Diffusion / 3.4：
Confinement Time / 3.5：
Discussion / 3.6：
Kinetic Description of Low Frequency Modes in Inhomogeneous Plasma / 4：
Integration Along Unperturbed Orbits / 4.1：
Universal Instability / 4.2：
Interchange Instability / 4.3：
Drift Alfve'n Waves and β Limitation / 4.4：
Landau Damping / 4.5：
The Magnetic Drift Mode / 4.6：
The Drift Kinetic Equation / 4.7：
Dielectric Properties of Low Frequency Vortex Modes / 4.8：
Finite Larmor Radius Effects Obtained by Orbit Averaging / 4.9：
Exercises / 4.10：
Kinetic Descriptions of Low Frequency Modes Obtained by Gyroaveraging / 5：
Moment Equations / 5.1：
The Tearing Mode / 5.1.2：
The Linear Gyrokinetic Equation / 5.2：
Applications / 5.2.1：
The Nonlinear Gyrokinetic Equation / 5.3：
Gyro-Fluid Equations / 5.4：
Low Frequency Modes in Inhomogeneous Magnetic Fields / 6：
Anomalous Transport in Systems with Inhomogeneous Magnetic Fields / 6.1：
Toroidal Mode Structure / 6.2：
Curvature Relations / 6.3：
The Influence of Magnetic Shear on Drift Waves / 6.4：
Interchange Perturbations Analysed by the Energy Principle Method / 6.5：
Eigenvalue Equations for MHD Type Modes / 6.6：
Stabilization of Interchange Modes by Magnetic Shear / 6.6.1：
Ballooning Modes / 6.6.2：
Trapped Particle Instabilities / 6.7：
Reactive Drift Modes / 6.8：
Ion Temperature Gradient Modes / 6.8.1：
Electron Temperature Gradient Mode / 6.8.2：
Trapped Electron Modes / 6.8.3：
Competition Between Inhomogeneities in Density and Temperature / 6.9：
Advanced Fluid Models / 6.10：
The Development of Research / 6.10.1：
Closure / 6.10.2：
Gyro-Landau Fluid Models / 6.10.3：
Nonlinear Kinetic Fluid Equations / 6.10.4：
Comparisons with Nonlinear Gyrokinetics / 6.10.5：
Reactive Fluid Model for Strong Curvature / 6.11：
The Toroidal ηi Mode / 6.11.1：
Electron Trapping / 6.11.2：
Normalization of Transport Coefficients / 6.11.3：
Finite Larmor Radius Stabilization / 6.11.5：
The Eigenvalue Problem for Toroidal Drift Waves / 6.11.6：
Early Tests of the Reactive Fluid Model / 6.11.7：
Electromagnetic Modes in Advanced Fluid Description / 6.12：
Equations for Free Electrons Including Kink Term / 6.12.1：
Kinetic Ballooning Modes / 6.12.2：
Resistive Edge Modes / 6.13：
Resistive Ballooning Modes / 6.13.1：
Transport in the Enhanced Confinement State / 6.13.2：
Transport, Overview and Recent Developments / 6.14：
Stability and Transport / 7.1：
Momentum Transport / 7.2：
Simulation of an Internal Barrier / 7.2.1：
Simulation of an Edge Barrier / 7.2.2：
Instabilities Associated with Fast Particles in Toroidal Confinement Systems / 7.3：
General Considerations / 8.1：
The Development of Research. / 8.2：
Dilution Due to Fast Particles / 8.3：
Fishbone Type Modes / 8.4：
Toroidal Alfvén Eigenmodes / 8.5：
Nonlinear Theory / 8.6：
The Ion Vortex Equation / 9.1：
The Nonlinear Dielectric / 9.2：
Diffusion / 9.3：
Fokker-Planck Transition Probability / 9.4：
General References / 9.5：
Answers to Exercises
Index
Introduction / 1：
Principles for Confinement of Plasma by a Magnetic Field / 1.1：
Energy Balance in a Fusion Reactor / 1.2：
39.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
39. The Geometry of Minkowski Spacetime
Gregory L. Naber
出版情報: SpringerLink Books - AutoHoldings , Springer New York, 2012
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Acknowledgments
Introduction
Geometrical Structure of M / Chapter 1：
Preliminaries / 1.1：
Minkowski Spacetime / 1.2：
The Lorentz Group / 1.3：
Timelike Vectors and Curves / 1.4：
Spacelike Vectors / 1.5：
Causality Relations / 1.6：
Spin Transformations and the Lorentz Group / 1.7：
Particles and Interactions / 1.8：
Skew-Symmetric Linear Transformations and Electromagnetic Fields / Chapter 2：
Motivation via the Lorentz Law / 2.1：
Elementary Properties / 2.2：
Invariant Subspaces / 2.3：
Canonical Forms / 2.4：
The Energy-Momentum Transformation / 2.5：
Motion in Constant Fields / 2.6：
Variable Electromagnetic Fields / 2.7：
The Theory of Spinors / Chapter 3：
Representations of the Lorentz Group / 3.1：
Spin Space / 3.2：
Spinor Algebra / 3.3：
Spinors and World Vectors / 3.4：
Bivectors and Null Flags / 3.5：
The Electromagnetic Field (Revisited) / 3.6：
Topologies For M / Appendix A：
The Euclidean Topology / A.1：
E-Continuous Timelike Curves / A.2：
The Path Topology / A.3：
Spinorial Objects / Appendix B：
The Spinning Electron and Dirac's Demonstration / B.1：
Homotopy in the Rotation and Lorentz Groups / B.3：
References
Symbols
Index
Preface
Acknowledgments
Introduction
40.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
40. XFEM Fracture Analysis of Composites
Soheil Mohammadi
出版情報: Wiley Online Library - AutoHoldings Books , New York : John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2012
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Nomenclature
Introduction / 1：
Composite Structures / 1.1：
Failures of Composites / 1.2：
Matrix Cracking / 1.2.1：
Delamination / 1.2.2：
Fibre/Matrix Debonding / 1.2.3：
Fibre Breakage / 1.2.4：
Macro Models of Cracking in Composites / 1.2.5：
Crack Analysis / 1.3：
Local and Non-Local Formulations / 1.3.1：
Theoretical Methods for Failure Analysis / 1.3.2：
Analytical Solutions for Composites / 1.4：
Continuum Models / 1.4.1：
Fracture Mechanics of Composites / 1.4.2：
Numerical Techniques / 1.5：
Boundary Element Method / 1.5.1：
Finite Element Method / 1.5.2：
Adaptive Finite/Discrete Element Method / 1.5.3：
Meshless Methods / 1.5.4：
Extended Finite Element Method / 1.5.5：
Extended Isogeometric Analysis / 1.5.6：
Multiscale Analysis / 1.5.7：
Scope of the Book / 1.6：
Fracture Mechanics, A Review / 2：
Basics of Elasticity / 2.1：
Stress-Strain Relations / 2.2.1：
Airy Stress Function / 2.2.2：
Complex Stress Functions / 2.2.3：
Basics of LEFM / 2.3：
Fracture Mechanics / 2.3.1：
Infinite Tensile Plate with a Circular Hole / 2.3.2：
Infinite Tensile Plate with an Elliptical Hole / 2.3.3：
Westergaard Analysis of a Line Crack / 2.3.4：
Williams Solution of a Wedge Corner / 2.3.5：
Stress Intensity Factor, K / 2.4：
Definition of the Stress Intensity Factor / 2.4.1：
Examples of Stress Intensity Factors for LEFM / 2.4.2：
Griffith Energy Theories / 2.4.3：
Mixed Mode Crack Propagation / 2.4.4：
Classical Solution Procedures for K and G / 2.5：
Displacement Extrapolation/Correlation Method / 2.5.1：
Mode I Energy Release Rate / 2.5.2：
Mode I Stiffness Derivative/Virtual Crack Model / 2.5.3：
Two Virtual Crack Extensions for Mixed Mode Cases / 2.5.4：
Single Virtual Crack Extension Based on Displacement Decomposition / 2.5.5：
Quarter Point Singular Elements / 2.6：
J Integral / 2.7：
Generalization of J / 2.7.1：
Effect of Crack Surface Traction / 2.7.2：
Effect of Body Force / 2.7.3：
Equivalent Domain Integral (EDI) Method / 2.7.4：
Interaction Integral Method / 2.7.5：
Elastoplastic Fracture Mechanics (EPFM) / 2.8：
Plastic Zone / 2.8.1：
Crack-Tip Opening Displacements (CTOD) / 2.8.2：
J Integral for EPFM / 2.8.3：
Historic Development of XFEM / 3：
A Review of XFEM Development / 3.2.1：
A Review of XFEM Composite Analysis / 3.2.2：
Enriched Approximations / 3.3：
Partition of Unity / 3.3.1：
Intrinsic and Extrinsic Enrichments / 3.3.2：
Partition of Unity Finite Element Method / 3.3.3：
MLS Enrichment / 3.3.4：
Generalized Finite Element Method / 3.3.5：
Generalized PU Enrichment / 3.3.6：
XFEM Formulation / 3.4：
Basic XFEM Approximation / 3.4.1：
Signed Distance Function / 3.4.2：
Modelling the Crack / 3.4.3：
Governing Equation / 3.4.4：
XFEM Discretization / 3.4.5：
Evaluation of Derivatives of Enrichment Functions / 3.4.6：
Selection of Nodes for Discontinuity Enrichment / 3.4.7：
Numerical Integration / 3.4.8：
XFEM Strong Discontinuity Enrichments / 3.5：
A Modified FE Shape Function / 3.5.1：
The Heaviside Function / 3.5.2：
The Sign Function / 3.5.3：
Strong Tangential Discontinuity / 3.5.4：
Crack Intersection / 3.5.5：
XFEM Weak Discontinuity Enrichments / 3.6：
XFEM Crack-Tip Enrichments / 3.7：
Isotropic Enrichment / 3.7.1：
Orthotropic Enrichment Functions / 3.7.2：
Bimaterial Enrichments / 3.7.3：
Orthotropic Bimaterial Enrichments / 3.7.4：
Dynamic Enrichment / 3.7.5：
Orthotropic Dynamic Enrichments for Moving Cracks / 3.7.6：
Bending Plates / 3.7.7：
Crack-Tip Enrichments in Shells / 3.7.8：
Electro-Mechanical Enrichment / 3.7.9：
Dislocation Enrichment / 3.7.10：
Hydraulic Fracture Enrichment / 3.7.11：
Plastic Enrichment / 3.7.12：
Viscoelastic Enrichment / 3.7.13：
Contact Corner Enrichment / 3.7.14：
Modification for Large Deformation Problems / 3.7.15：
Automatic Enrichment / 3.7.16：
Transition from Standard to Enriched Approximation / 3.8：
Linear Blending / 3.8.1：
Hierarchical Transition Domain / 3.8.2：
Tracking Moving Boundaries / 3.9：
Level Set Method / 3.9.1：
Alternative Methods / 3.9.2：
Numerical Simulations / 3.10：
A Central Crack in an Infinite Tensile Plate / 3.10.1：
An Edge Crack in a Finite Plate / 3.10.2：
Tensile Plate with a Central Inclined Crack / 3.10.3：
A Bending Plate in Fracture Mode III / 3.10.4：
Crack Propagation in a Shell / 3.10.5：
Shear Band Simulation / 3.10.6：
Fault Simulation / 3.10.7：
Sliding Contact Stress Singularity by PUFEM / 3.10.8：
Hydraulic Fracture / 3.10.9：
Dislocation Dynamics / 3.10.10：
Static Fracture Analysis of Composites / 4：
Anisotropic Elasticity / 4.1：
Elasticity Solution / 4.2.1：
Anisotropic Stress Functions / 4.2.2：
Analytical Solutions for Near Crack Tip / 4.3：
The General Solution / 4.3.1：
Special Solutions for Different Types of Composites / 4.3.2：
Orthotropic Mixed Mode Fracture / 4.4：
Energy Release Rate for Anisotropic Materials / 4.4.1：
Anisotropic Singular Elements / 4.4.2：
SIF Calculation by Interaction Integral / 4.4.3：
Orthotropic Crack Propagation Criteria / 4.4.4：
Anisotropic XFEM / 4.5：
Plate with a Crack Parallel to the Material Axis of Orthotropy / 4.5.1：
Edge Crack with Several Orientations of the Axes of Orthotropy / 4.6.2：
Inclined Edge Notched Tensile Specimen / 4.6.3：
Central Slanted Crack / 4.6.4：
An Inclined Centre Crack in a Disk Subjected to Point Loads / 4.6.5：
Crack Propagation in an Orthotropic Beam / 4.6.6：
Dynamic Fracture Analysis of Composites / 5：
Dynamic Fracture Mechanics / 5.1：
Dynamic Fracture Mechanics of Composites / 5.1.2：
Dynamic Fracture by XFEM / 5.1.3：
Analytical Solutions for Near Crack Tips in Dynamic States / 5.2：
Analytical Solution for a Propagating Crack in Isotropic Material / 5.2.1：
Asymptotic Solution for a Stationary Crack in Orthotropic Media / 5.2.2：
Analytical Solution for Near Crack Tip of a Propagating Crack in Orthotropic Material / 5.2.3：
Dynamic Stress Intensity Factors / 5.3：
Stationary and Moving Crack Dynamic Stress Intensity Factors / 5.3.1：
Dynamic Fracture Criteria / 5.3.2：
J Integral for Dynamic Problems / 5.3.3：
Domain Integral for Orthotropic Media / 5.3.4：
Interaction Integral / 5.3.5：
Crack-Axis Component of the Dynamic J Integral / 5.3.6：
Field Decomposition Technique / 5.3.7：
Dynamic XFEM / 5.4：
Dynamic Equations of Motion / 5.4.1：
XFEM Enrichment Functions / 5.4.2：
Time Integration Schemes / 5.4.4：
Plate with a Stationary Central Crack / 5.5：
Mode I Plate with an Edge Crack / 5.5.2：
Mixed Mode Edge Crack in Composite Plates / 5.5.3：
A Composite Plate with Double Edge Cracks under Impulsive Loading / 5.5.4：
Pre-Cracked Three Point Bending Beam under Impact Loading / 5.5.5：
Propagating Central Inclined Crack in a Circular Orthotropic Plate / 5.5.6：
Fracture Analysis of Functionally Graded Materials (FGMs) / 6：
Analytical Solution for Near a Crack Tip / 6.1：
Average Material Properties / 6.2.1：
Mode I Near Tip Fields in FGM Composites / 6.2.2：
Stress and Displacement Field (Similar to Homogeneous Orthotropic Composites) / 6.2.3：
Stress Intensity Factor / 6.3：
FGM Auxillary Fields / 6.3.1：
Isoparametric FGM / 6.3.4：
Crack Propagation in FGM Composites / 6.4：
Inhomogeneous XFEM / 6.5：
XFEM Approximation / 6.5.1：
Numerical Examples / 6.5.3：
Plate with a Centre Crack Parallel to the Material Gradient / 6.6.1：
Proportional FGM Plate with an Inclined Central Crack / 6.6.2：
Non-Proportional FGM Plate with a Fixed Inclined Central Crack / 6.6.3：
Rectangular Plate with an Inclined Crack (Non-Proportional Distribution) / 6.6.4：
Crack Propagation in a Four-Point FGM Beam / 6.6.5：
Delamination/Interlaminar Crack Analysis / 7：
Fracture Mechanics for Bimaterial Interface Cracks / 7.1：
Isotropic Bimaterial Interfaces / 7.2.1：
Orthotropic Bimaterial Interface Cracks / 7.2.2：
Stress Contours for a Crack between Two Dissimilar Orthotropic Materials / 7.2.3：
Stress Intensity Factors for Interlaminar Cracks / 7.3：
Delamination Propagation / 7.4：
Fracture Energy-Based Criteria / 7.4.1：
Stress-Based Criteria / 7.4.2：
Contact-Based Criteria / 7.4.3：
Bimaterial XFEM / 7.5：
XFEM Enrichment Functions for Bimaterial Problems / 7.5.1：
Discretization and Integration / 7.5.4：
Central Crack in an Infinite Bimaterial Plate / 7.6：
Isotropic-Orthotropic Bimaterial Crack / 7.6.2：
Orthotopic Double Cantilever Beam / 7.6.3：
Concrete Beams Strengthened with Fully Bonded GFRP / 7.6.4：
FRP Reinforced Concrete Cantilever Beam Subjected to Edge Loadings / 7.6.5：
Delamination of Metallic I Beams Strengthened by FRP Strips / 7.6.6：
Variable Section Beam Reinforced by FRP / 7.6.7：
New Orthotropic Frontiers / 8：
Orthotropic XIGA / 8.1：
NURBS Basis Function / 8.2.1：
XIGA Simulations / 8.2.2：
Orthotropic Dislocation Dynamics / 8.3：
Straight Dislocations in Anisotropic Materials / 8.3.1：
Edge Dislocations in Anisotropic Materials / 8.3.2：
Curve Dislocations in Anisotropic Materials / 8.3.3：
Anisotropic Dislocation XFEM / 8.3.4：
Plane Strain Anisotropic Solution / 8.3.5：
Individual Sliding Systems s1 and s2 in an Infinite Domain / 8.3.6：
Simultaneous Sliding Systems in an Infinite Domain / 8.3.7：
Other Anisotropic Applications / 8.4：
Biomechanics / 8.4.1：
Piezoelectric / 8.4.2：
References
Index
Preface
Nomenclature
Introduction / 1：
41.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
41. Principles of filtration
Chi Tien
出版情報: Elsevier ScienceDirect Books , Elsevier, 2012
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
preface
Introduction / 1：
Notation
Filtration as a Liquid-Solid Separation Technology / 1.1：
Classification of Filtration Processes / 1.2.：
Laws of Filtration / 1.3：
Problem
References
Cake Filtration / Part I：
Cake Formation and Growth / 2：
Cycles / 2.1：
Analysis of Cake Filtration / 2.2：
The Conventional Cake Filtration Theory / Illustrative Example 2.1：
Expressions of Cake Filtration Performance / Illustrative Example 2.5：
Parabolic Law of Constant Pressure Filtration / 2.5：
Approximate Expressions of Cake Solidosity, Compressive Stress, and Pore Liquid Pressure Profiles / Illustrative Example 2.6：
Applications of the Conventional Cake Filtration Theory / Illustrative Example 2.7：
Prediction of Cake Filtration Performance / 2.7.1：
Detemiination of Cake Properties from Experimental Filtration Data / Illustrative Example 2.8：
Application of the Conventional Theory to Crossflow Cake Filtration / Illustrative Example 2.9：
Features of Crossflow Filtration / 2.8.1：
A simple model of crossflow filtration / 2.8.2：
Evaluation of β and Prediction of Filtration Performance / 2.8.3：
Problems / Illustrative Example 2.10：
Post-Treatment Processes of Cake Filtration / 3：
Deliquoring by Mechanical Force: Expression and Consolidation / 3.1：
Onset of Consolidation / 3.1.1：
Consolidation Calculation / Illustrative Example 3.1：
Approximation Solution of Consolidation / 3.1.3：
Empirical Equations Describing Consolidation/De-watering Performance / 3.1.4：
Illustrative Example 3.3 / Illustrative Example 3.2：
Deliquoring by Suction or Blowing / 3.2：
Washing of Filter Cakes / Illustrative Example 3.4：
Representation of Cake-Washing Results / 3.3.1：
Empirical Expression of F (or R) vs. w / 3.3.2：
Diffusion-Dispersion Model of Cake Washing / Illustrative Example 3.5：
Re-slurrying Cake / Illustrative Example 3.6：
Fabric Filtration of Gas-Solid Mixtures / 4：
Dust Cakes of Fabric Filtration vs. Cakes Formed from Liquid/Solid Suspensions / 4.1：
of Fabric Filtration / 4.2：
Dust Cake Structure and Properties / Illustrative Example 4.1：
Filter Bag Cleaning / Illustrative Example 4.2：
Cleaning by Shaking / 4.4.1：
Cleaning by Reverse Flow / 4.4.2：
Cleaning by Pulse-Jet / 4.4.3：
Fabric Filtration Design Calculations / Illustrative Example 4.3：
Simplified Calculation of Multi-Compartment Fabric Filtration / Illustrative Example 4.4：
Deep Bed Filtration / Illustrative Example 4.6：
Deep Bed Filtration: Description and Analysis / 5：
Macroscopic Conservation Equation / 5.1：
Illustrative Example 5.1
Phenomenological Expression for Filtration Rate / 5.2：
Physical Significance of the Filter Coefficient / Illustrative Example 5.2：
Representation of Filter Media with Cell Models / Illustrative Example 5.3：
Happel's Model for Granular Media / 5.4.1：
Kuwabara's Model for Fibrous Media / 5.4.2：
Flow Rate-Pressure Drop Relationships for Flow through Porous Media / Illustrative Example 5.4：
Filter Cleaning by Back Washing and Bed Expansion / Illustrative Example 5.5：
Solution of the Macroscopic Conservation Equations of Deep Bed Filtration / Illustrative Example 5.6：
Particle Deposition Mechanisms, Predictions, Determinations and Correlations of Filter Coefficient/Collector Efficiency / Illustrative Example 5.7：
Deposition Mechanisms and Prediction of Collector Efficiency based on Individual Transport Mechanism / 6.1：
Mechanism of Particle Transport / 6.1.1：
Criteria of Particle Adhesion / Illustrative Example 6.1：
Prediction of Collector Efficiency / Illustrative Example 6.4：
Experimental Determination of Filter Coefficient / 6.2：
Determination of the Initial (or clean) Filter Coefficient, λ0 / 6.2.1：
Determination of Deposition Effect on Filter Coefficient / 6.2.2：
Correlations of Filter Coefficient/Collector Efficiency of Aerosols / Illustrative Example 6.7：
Single Fiber Efficiency of Aerosols in Fibrous Media / 6.3.1：
Collector Efficiency of Aerosols in Granular Media / Illustrative Example 6.8：
Filter Coefficient Correlations of Hydrosols / Illustrative Example 6.9：
Filter Coefficient of Fibrous Media / 6.4.1：
Filter Coefficient of Granular Media / 6.4.2：
Particle-Collector Surface Interactions Effect on Hydrosol Deposition in Granular Media / Illustrative Example 6.10：
Surface Interaction Forces / 6.5.1：
Initial Filter Coefficient with Unfavorable Surface Interactions / Illustrative Example 6.12：
Deep Bed Filtration Models / Illustrative Example 6.13：
Experimental Results of Filtration Performance / 7.1：
Models Based on the Kozeny-Carman Equation / 7.2：
Uniform Deposit Layer Hypothesis / 7.2.1：
Pore-Blocking Hypothesis / Illustrative Example 7.1：
A Two-Stage Deposition Hypothesis / Illustrative Example 7.2：
Models Based on Assumption that Deposited Particles Function as Collectors / Illustrative Example 7.3：
Deposited Particles as Satellite Collectors / 7.3.1：
Deposited Particles as Additional Collectors / Illustrative Example 7.4：
Models Based on Changing Particle-Collector Surface / Illustrative Example 7.5：
A Model Based on Filter Grain Surface Charge Changes / Interactions：
Expressing Surface Interaction Effect in terms of Particle Re-Entrainment / 7.4.2：
A Model Based on Collector Surface Heterogeneity / Illustrative Example 7.6：
Modeling Filtration as a Stochastic Process / Illustrative Example 7.7：
Index
preface
Introduction / 1：
Notation
42.

図書
図書
42. Proton-coupled electron transfer : a carrefour of chemical reactivity traditions (: hbk.)
edited by Sebastião Formosinho, Mónica Barroso
出版情報: Cambridge : Royal Society of Chemistry, c2012  ix, 157 p. ; 24 cm
シリーズ名: RSC catalysis series
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Application of the Marcus Cross Relation to Hydrogen Atom Transfer/Proton-Coupled Electron Transfer Reactions / Jeffrey J. Warren ; James M. MayerChapter 1：
Introduction / 1.1：
An Introduction to Marcus Theory / 1.2：
Predicting Organic Hydrogen Atom Transfer Rate Constants / 1.3：
Obtaining Self-Exchange Rate Constants and Equilibrium Constants / 1.3.1：
Tests of the Cross Relation for Organic HAT Reactions / 1.3.2：
Solvent Effects on HAT Rate and Equilibrium Constants / 1.3.3：
A Test Case: Reactions of Bulky Phenoxyl Radicals with TEMPOH / 1.3.4：
Tests of the Cross Relation using KSE-Corrected Self-Exchange Rate Constants / 1.3.5：
Predicting HAT Rate Constants for Transition Metal Complexes / 1.4：
Applying the Cross Relation as a Function of Temperature; the Importance of Using Free Energies / 1.4.1：
Applying the Cross Relation to Oxidations by [RuIV(O)(bpy)2(py)]2+ / 1.4.2：
Precursor and Successor Complexes for HAT / 1.4.3：
Applying the Cross Relation for Transition Metal HAT / 1.4.4：
Transition Metal Systems that Deviate from the Cross Relation / 1.4.5：
Conclusions: Implications and Limitations of the Cross Relation for Hydrogen Atom Transfer Reactions / 1.5：
References
A Transition-State Perspective of Proton-Coupled Electron Transfers / Luis G. ArnautChapter 2：
Theory / 2.1：
Hydrogen Atom Transfers / 2.2.1：
Proton Transfers in Hydrogen-Bonded Systems / 2.2.2：
Electron Transfers / 2.2.3：
Concerted Proton-Electron Transfers / 2.2.4：
Applications / 2.3：
HAT in the Benzyl/Toluene Self-Exchange / 2.3.1：
PCET in the Phenoxyl/Phenol Self-Exchange / 2.3.2：
CPET in Soybean Lipoxygenase-1 / 2.3.3：
Conclusions / 2.4：
Experimental Approaches Towards Proton-Coupled Electron Transfer Reactions in Biological Redox Systems / Sibylle Brenner ; Sam Hay ; Derren J. Heyes ; Nigel S. ScruttonChapter 3：
Definitions / 3.1：
Thermodynamics of PCET Reactions / 3.1.2：
Kinetics of PCET Reactions / 3.1.3：
Experimental Kinetic Approaches to Analyse PCET Reactions / 3.2：
Case Studies / 3.3：
PCET in Nitrite Reductase / 3.3.1：
Hydride Transfer Reactions in Old Yellow Enzymes / 3.3.2：
Concluding Remarks / 3.4：
Metal Ion-Coupled and Proton-Coupled Electron Transfer in Catalytic Reduction of Dioxygen / Shunichi Fukuzumi ; Hiroaki KotaniChapter 4：
PCET from Electron Donors to O2 / 4.1：
MCET from Electron Donors to O2 / 4.3：
MCET from O2•-Mn+ to p-Benzoquinones / 4.4：
Catalytic Two-Electron Reduction of O2 via MCET and PCET / 4.5：
Catalytic Four-Electron Reduction of O2 / 4.6：
Cofacial Dicobalt Porphyrin and Porphyrin-Corrole Dyads / 4.6.1：
Mononuclear Cu Complexes / 4.6.2：
A Heterodinuclear Indium-Ruthenium Complex / 4.6.3：
Mononuclear Mn Complexes / 4.6.4：
Summary and Conclusions / 4.7：
Acknowledgements
Proton-Coupled Electron Transfer in Natural and Artificial Photosynthesis / M. Barroso ; Luis G. Amaut ; Sebastiao J. FormosinhoChapter 5：
Proton-Coupled Electron Transfer Reactions / 5.1：
Interfacial PCET / 5.2.1：
Thermodynamics of Water Splitting and CO2 Reduction / 5.3：
Natural Photosynthesis / 5.4：
Structure and Mechanism of Photosystem II / 5.4.1：
PCET in Photosystem II / 5.4.2：
Artificial Photosynthesis / 5.5：
Model Systems for Photosystem II / 5.5.1：
Water Oxidation Catalysts / 5.5.2：
Proton and CO2 Reduction / 5.5.3：
Subject Index / 5.6：
Application of the Marcus Cross Relation to Hydrogen Atom Transfer/Proton-Coupled Electron Transfer Reactions / Jeffrey J. Warren ; James M. MayerChapter 1：
Introduction / 1.1：
An Introduction to Marcus Theory / 1.2：
43.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
43. Smart Grid: Fundamentals of Design and Analysis
James A. Momoh
出版情報: Wiley Online Library - AutoHoldings Books , Hoboken : Wiley-IEEE Press, 2012
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Smart Grid Architectural Designs / 1：
Introduction / 1.1：
Today's Grid versus the Smart Grid / 1.2：
Energy Independence and Security Act of 2007: Rationale for the Smart Grid / 1.3：
Computational Intelligence / 1.4：
Power System Enhancement / 1.5：
Communication and Standards / 1.6：
Environment and Economics / 1.7：
Outline of the Book / 1.8：
General View of the Smart Grid Market Drivers / 1.9：
Stakeholder Roles and Function / 1.10：
Utilities / 1.10.1：
Government Laboratory Demonstration Activities / 1.10.2：
Power Systems Engineering Research Center (PSERC) / 1.10.3：
Research Institutes / 1.10.4：
Technology Companies, Vendors, and Manufacturers / 1.10.5：
Working Definition of the Smart Grid Based on Performance Measures / 1.11：
Representative Architecture / 1.12：
Functions of Smart Grid Components / 1.13：
Smart Devices Interface Component / 1.13.1：
Storage Component / 1.13.2：
Transmission Subsystem Component / 1.13.3：
Monitoring and Control Technology Component / 1.13.4：
Intelligent Grid Distribution Subsystem Component / 1.13.5：
Demand Side Management Component / 1.13.6：
Summary / 1.14：
References
Suggested Readings
Smart Grid Communications and Measurement Technology / 2：
Communication and Measurement / 2.1：
Monitoring, PMU, Smart Meters, and Measurements Technologies / 2.2：
Wide Area Monitoring Systems (WAMS) / 2.2.1：
Phasor Measurement Units (PMU) / 2.2.2：
Smart Meters / 2.2.3：
Smart Appliances / 2.2.4：
Advanced Metering Infrastructure (AMI) / 2.2.5：
GIS and Google Mapping Tools / 2.3：
Multiagent Systems (MAS) Technology / 2.4：
Multiagent Systems for Smart Grid Implementation / 2.4.1：
Multiagent Specifications / 2.4.2：
Multiagent Technique / 2.4.3：
Microgrid and Smart Grid Comparison / 2.5：
Performance Analysis Tools for Smart Grid Design / 2.6：
Introduction to Load Flow Studies / 3.1：
Challenges to Load How in Smart Grid and Weaknesses of the Present Load Flow Methods / 3.2：
Load Flow State of the Art: Classical, Extended Formulations, and Algorithms / 3.3：
Gauss-Seidal Method / 3.3.1：
Newton-Raphson Method / 3.3.2：
Fast Decouple Method / 3.3.3：
Distribution Load Flow Methods / 3.3.4：
Congestion Management Effect / 3.4：
Load Flow for Smart Grid Design / 3.5：
Cases for the Development of Stochastic Dynamic Optimal Power How (DSOPF) / 3.5.1：
DSOPF Application to the Smart Grid / 3.6：
Static Security Assessment (SSA) and Contingencies / 3.7：
Contingencies and Their Classification / 3.8：
Steady-State Contingency Analysis / 3.8.1：
Performance Indices / 3.8.2：
Sensitivity-Based Approaches / 3.8.3：
Contingency Studies for the Smart Grid / 3.9：
Stability Analysis Tools for Smart Grid / 3.10：
Introduction to Stability / 4.1：
Strengths and Weaknesses of Existing Voltage Stability Analysis. Tools / 4.2：
Voltage Stability Assessment / 4.3：
Voltage Stability and Voltage Collapse / 4.3.1：
Classification of Voltage Stability / 4.3.2：
Static Stability (Type I Instability) / 4.3.3：
Dynamic Stability (Type II Instability) / 4.3.4：
Analysis Techniques for Dynamic Voltage Stability Studies / 4.3.5：
Voltage Stability Assessment Techniques / 4.4：
Voltage Stability Indexing / 4.5：
Analysis Techniques for Steady-State Voltage Stability Studies / 4.6：
Direct Methods for Detecting Voltage Collapse Points / 4.6.1：
Indirect Methods (Continuation Methods) / 4.6.2：
Application and Implementation Plan of Voltage Stability / 4.7：
Optimizing Stability Constraint through Preventive Control of Voltage Stability / 4.8：
Angle Stability Assessment / 4.9：
Transient Stability / 4.9.1：
Stability Application to a Practical Power System / 4.9.2：
Boundary of the Region of Stability / 4.9.3：
Algorithm to Find the Controlling UEP / 4.9.4：
Process Changes in Design of DSA for the Smart Grid / 4.9.5：
State Estimation / 4.10：
Mathematical Formulations for Weighted Least Square Estimation / 4.10.1：
Detection and Identification of Bad Data / 4.10.2：
Pre-Estimation Analysis / 4.10.3：
Postestimation Analysis / 4.10.4：
Robust State Estimation / 4.10.5：
SE for the Smart Grid Environment / 4.10.6：
Real-Time Network Modeling / 4.10.7：
Approach of the Smart Grid to State Estimation / 4.10.8：
Dynamic State Estimation / 4.10.9：
Computational Tools for Smart Grid Design / 4.10.10：
Introduction to Computational Tools / 5.1：
Decision Support Tools (DS) / 5.2：
Analytical Hierarchical Programming (AHP) / 5.2.1：
Optimization Techniques / 5.3：
Classical Optimization Method / 5.4：
Linear Programming / 5.4.1：
Nonlinear Programming / 5.4.2：
Integer Programming / 5.4.3：
Dynamic Programming / 5.4.4：
Stochastic Programming and Chance Constrained Programming (CCP) / 5.4.5：
Heuristic Optimization / 5.5：
Artificial Neural Networks (ANN) / 5.5.1：
Expert Systems (ES) / 5.5.2：
Evolutionary Computational Techniques / 5.6：
Genetic Algorithm (GA) / 5.6.1：
Particle Swarm Optimization (PSO) / 5.6.2：
Ant Colony Optimization / 5.6.3：
Adaptive Dynamic Programming Techniques / 5.7：
Pareto Methods / 5.8：
Hybridizing Optimization Techniques and Applications to the Smart Grid / 5.9：
Computational Challenges / 5.10：
Pathway for Designing Smart Grid / 5.11：
Introduction to Smart Grid Pathway Design / 6.1：
Barriers and Solutions to Smart Grid Development / 6.2：
Solution Pathways for Designing Smart Grid Using Advanced Optimization and Control Techniques for Selection Functions / 6.3：
General Level Automation / 6.4：
Reliability / 6.4.1：
Stability / 6.4.2：
Economic Dispatch / 6.4.3：
Unit Commitment / 6.4.4：
Security Analysis / 6.4.5：
Bulk Power Systems Automation of the Smart Grid at Transmission Level / 6.5：
Fault and Stability Diagnosis / 6.5.1：
Reactive Power Control / 6.5.2：
Distribution System Automation Requirement of the Power Grid / 6.6：
Voltage/VAr Control / 6.6.1：
Power Quality / 6.6.2：
Network Reconfiguration / 6.6.3：
Demand-Side Management / 6.6.4：
Distribution Generation Control / 6.6.5：
End User/Appliance Level of the Smart Grid / 6.7：
Applications for Adaptive Control and Optimization / 6.8：
Suggested Reading / 6.9：
Renewable Energy and Storage / 7：
Renewable Energy Resources / 7.1：
Sustainable Energy Options for the Smart Grid / 7.2：
Solar Energy / 7.2.1：
Solar Power Technology / 7.2.2：
Modeling PV Systems / 7.2.3：
Wind Turbine Systems / 7.2.4：
Biomass-Bioenergy / 7.2.5：
Small and Micro Hydropower / 7.2.6：
Fuel Cell / 7.2.7：
Geothermal Heat Pumps / 7.2.8：
Penetration and Variability Issues Associated with Sustainable Energy Technology / 7.3：
Demand Response Issues / 7.4：
Electric Vehicles and Plug-in Hybrids / 7.5：
PHEV Technology / 7.6：
Impact of PHEV on the Grid / 7.6.1：
Environmental Implications / 7.7：
Climate Change / 7.7.1：
Implications of Climate Change / 7.7.2：
Storage Technologies / 7.8：
Tax Credits / 7.9：
Interoperability, Standards, and Cyber Security / 7.10：
Interoperability / 8.1：
State-of-the- Art-Interoperability / 8.2.1：
Benefits and Challenges of Interoperability / 8.2.2：
Model for Interoperability in the Smart Grid Environment / 8.2.3：
Smart Grid Network Interoperability / 8.2.4：
Interoperability and Control of the Power Grid / 8.2.5：
Standards / 8.3：
Approach to Smart Grid Interoperability Standards / 8.3.1：
Smart Grid Cyber Security / 8.4：
Cyber Security State of the Art / 8.4.1：
Cyber Security Risks / 8.4.2：
Cyber Security Concerns Associated with AMI / 8.4.3：
Mitigation Approach to Cyber Security Risks / 8.4.4：
Cyber Security and Possible Operation for Improving Methodology for Other Users / 8.5：
Research, Education, and Training for the Smart Grid / 8.6：
Research Areas for Smart Grid Development / 9.1：
Research Activities in the Smart Grid / 9.3：
Multidisciplinary Research Activities / 9.4：
Smart Grid Education / 9.5：
Module 1: Introduction / 9.5.1：
Module 2: Architecture / 9.5.2：
Module 3: Functions / 9.5.3：
Module 4: Tools and Techniques / 9.5.4：
Module 5: Pathways to Design / 9.5.5：
Module 6: Renewable Energy Technologies / 9.5.6：
Module 7: Communication Technologies / 9.5.7：
Module 8: Standards, Interoperability, and Cyber Security / 9.5.8：
Module 9: Case Studies and Testbeds / 9.5.9：
Training and Professional Development / 9.6：
Case Studies and Testbeds for the Smart Grid / 9.7：
Demonstration Projects / 10.1：
Advanced Metering / 10.3：
Microgrid with Renewable Energy / 10.4：
Power System Unit Commitment (UC) Problem / 10.5：
ADP for Optimal Network Reconfiguration in Distribution Automation / 10.6：
Case Study of RER Integration / 10.7：
Description of Smart Grid Activity / 10.7.1：
Approach for Smart Grid Application / 10.7.2：
Testbeds and Benchmark Systems / 10.8：
Challenges of Smart Transmission / 10.9：
Benefits of Smart Transmission / 10.10：
Epilogue / 10.11：
Index
Preface
Smart Grid Architectural Designs / 1：
Introduction / 1.1：
44.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
44. Principles of filtration
Chi Tien
出版情報: Elsevier ScienceDirect Books Complete , Elsevier, 2012
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
preface
Introduction / 1：
Notation
Filtration as a Liquid-Solid Separation Technology / 1.1：
Classification of Filtration Processes / 1.2.：
Laws of Filtration / 1.3：
Problem
References
Cake Filtration / Part I：
Cake Formation and Growth / 2：
Cycles / 2.1：
Analysis of Cake Filtration / 2.2：
The Conventional Cake Filtration Theory / Illustrative Example 2.1：
Expressions of Cake Filtration Performance / Illustrative Example 2.5：
Parabolic Law of Constant Pressure Filtration / 2.5：
Approximate Expressions of Cake Solidosity, Compressive Stress, and Pore Liquid Pressure Profiles / Illustrative Example 2.6：
Applications of the Conventional Cake Filtration Theory / Illustrative Example 2.7：
Prediction of Cake Filtration Performance / 2.7.1：
Detemiination of Cake Properties from Experimental Filtration Data / Illustrative Example 2.8：
Application of the Conventional Theory to Crossflow Cake Filtration / Illustrative Example 2.9：
Features of Crossflow Filtration / 2.8.1：
A simple model of crossflow filtration / 2.8.2：
Evaluation of β and Prediction of Filtration Performance / 2.8.3：
Problems / Illustrative Example 2.10：
Post-Treatment Processes of Cake Filtration / 3：
Deliquoring by Mechanical Force: Expression and Consolidation / 3.1：
Onset of Consolidation / 3.1.1：
Consolidation Calculation / Illustrative Example 3.1：
Approximation Solution of Consolidation / 3.1.3：
Empirical Equations Describing Consolidation/De-watering Performance / 3.1.4：
Illustrative Example 3.3 / Illustrative Example 3.2：
Deliquoring by Suction or Blowing / 3.2：
Washing of Filter Cakes / Illustrative Example 3.4：
Representation of Cake-Washing Results / 3.3.1：
Empirical Expression of F (or R) vs. w / 3.3.2：
Diffusion-Dispersion Model of Cake Washing / Illustrative Example 3.5：
Re-slurrying Cake / Illustrative Example 3.6：
Fabric Filtration of Gas-Solid Mixtures / 4：
Dust Cakes of Fabric Filtration vs. Cakes Formed from Liquid/Solid Suspensions / 4.1：
of Fabric Filtration / 4.2：
Dust Cake Structure and Properties / Illustrative Example 4.1：
Filter Bag Cleaning / Illustrative Example 4.2：
Cleaning by Shaking / 4.4.1：
Cleaning by Reverse Flow / 4.4.2：
Cleaning by Pulse-Jet / 4.4.3：
Fabric Filtration Design Calculations / Illustrative Example 4.3：
Simplified Calculation of Multi-Compartment Fabric Filtration / Illustrative Example 4.4：
Deep Bed Filtration / Illustrative Example 4.6：
Deep Bed Filtration: Description and Analysis / 5：
Macroscopic Conservation Equation / 5.1：
Illustrative Example 5.1
Phenomenological Expression for Filtration Rate / 5.2：
Physical Significance of the Filter Coefficient / Illustrative Example 5.2：
Representation of Filter Media with Cell Models / Illustrative Example 5.3：
Happel's Model for Granular Media / 5.4.1：
Kuwabara's Model for Fibrous Media / 5.4.2：
Flow Rate-Pressure Drop Relationships for Flow through Porous Media / Illustrative Example 5.4：
Filter Cleaning by Back Washing and Bed Expansion / Illustrative Example 5.5：
Solution of the Macroscopic Conservation Equations of Deep Bed Filtration / Illustrative Example 5.6：
Particle Deposition Mechanisms, Predictions, Determinations and Correlations of Filter Coefficient/Collector Efficiency / Illustrative Example 5.7：
Deposition Mechanisms and Prediction of Collector Efficiency based on Individual Transport Mechanism / 6.1：
Mechanism of Particle Transport / 6.1.1：
Criteria of Particle Adhesion / Illustrative Example 6.1：
Prediction of Collector Efficiency / Illustrative Example 6.4：
Experimental Determination of Filter Coefficient / 6.2：
Determination of the Initial (or clean) Filter Coefficient, λ0 / 6.2.1：
Determination of Deposition Effect on Filter Coefficient / 6.2.2：
Correlations of Filter Coefficient/Collector Efficiency of Aerosols / Illustrative Example 6.7：
Single Fiber Efficiency of Aerosols in Fibrous Media / 6.3.1：
Collector Efficiency of Aerosols in Granular Media / Illustrative Example 6.8：
Filter Coefficient Correlations of Hydrosols / Illustrative Example 6.9：
Filter Coefficient of Fibrous Media / 6.4.1：
Filter Coefficient of Granular Media / 6.4.2：
Particle-Collector Surface Interactions Effect on Hydrosol Deposition in Granular Media / Illustrative Example 6.10：
Surface Interaction Forces / 6.5.1：
Initial Filter Coefficient with Unfavorable Surface Interactions / Illustrative Example 6.12：
Deep Bed Filtration Models / Illustrative Example 6.13：
Experimental Results of Filtration Performance / 7.1：
Models Based on the Kozeny-Carman Equation / 7.2：
Uniform Deposit Layer Hypothesis / 7.2.1：
Pore-Blocking Hypothesis / Illustrative Example 7.1：
A Two-Stage Deposition Hypothesis / Illustrative Example 7.2：
Models Based on Assumption that Deposited Particles Function as Collectors / Illustrative Example 7.3：
Deposited Particles as Satellite Collectors / 7.3.1：
Deposited Particles as Additional Collectors / Illustrative Example 7.4：
Models Based on Changing Particle-Collector Surface / Illustrative Example 7.5：
A Model Based on Filter Grain Surface Charge Changes / Interactions：
Expressing Surface Interaction Effect in terms of Particle Re-Entrainment / 7.4.2：
A Model Based on Collector Surface Heterogeneity / Illustrative Example 7.6：
Modeling Filtration as a Stochastic Process / Illustrative Example 7.7：
Index
preface
Introduction / 1：
Notation
45.

図書
図書
45. Flow visualization : techniques and examples. 2nd ed (: hardcover)
editors, A.J. Smits, T.T. Lim
出版情報: London : Imperial College Press , Singapore : Distributed by World Scientific Publishing, c2012  xiv, 427 p. ; 26 cm
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface to the First Edition
Preface to the Second Edition
Interpretation of Flow Visualization / 1：
Introduction / 1.1：
Critical Points in Flow Patterns / 1.2：
Relationship between Streamlines, Pathlines, and Streaklines / 1.3：
Sectional Streamlines / 1.4：
Bifurcation Lines / 1.5：
Interpretation of Unsteady Flow Patterns with the Aid of Streaklines and Streamlines / 1.6：
Concluding Remarks / 1.7：
References / 1.8：
Hydrogen Bubble Visualization / 2：
The Hydrogen Bubble Generation System / 2.1：
Safety / 2.2.1：
Bubble Probes / 2.3：
Lighting / 2.4：
Unique Applications / 2.5：
Dye and Smoke Visualization / 2.6：
Flow Visualization in Water / 3.1：
Conventional dye / 3.2.1：
Laundry brightener / 3.2.2：
Milk / 3.2.3：
Fluorescent dye / 3.2.4：
Methods of dye injection / 3.2.5：
Rheoscopic fluid / 3.2.6：
Electrolytic precipitation / 3.2.7：
Flow Visualization in Air / 3.3：
Smoke tunnel / 3.3.1：
Smoke generator / 3.3.2：
Smoke-wire technique / 3.3.3：
Titanium tetrachloride / 3.3.4：
Photographic Equipment and Techniques / 3.4：
Camera / 3.4.1：
Lens / 3.4.3：
Film / 3.4.4：
Cautionary Notes / 3.5：
Molecular Tagging Velocimetry And thermometry / 3.6：
Properties of Photo-Sensitive Tracers / 4.1：
Photochromic dyes / 4.2.1：
Phosphorescent supramolecules / 4.2.2：
Caged dyes / 4.2.3：
Examples of Molecular Tagging Measurements / 4.3：
Caged dye tracers / 4.3.1：
Image Processing and Experimental Accuracy / 4.4：
Line processing techniques / 4.4.1：
Grid processing techniques / 4.4.2：
Ray tracing / 4.4.3：
Molecular tagging thermometry / 4.4.4：
Planar Imaging of Gas Phase Flows / 4.5：
Planar Laser-Induced Fluorescence / 5.1：
Velocity tracking by laser-induced fluorescence / 5.2.1：
Rayleigh Imaging from Molecules and Particles / 5.3：
Filtered Rayleigh Scattering / 5.4：
Planar Doppler Velocimetry / 5.5：
Summary / 5.6：
Digital Particle Image Velocimetry / 5.7：
Quantitative Flow Visualization / 6.1：
DPIV Experimental Setup / 6.2：
Particle Image Velocimetry: A Visual Presentation / 6.3：
Image Correlation / 6.4：
Peak finding / 6.4.1：
Computational implementation in frequency space / 6.4.2：
Video Imaging / 6.5：
Post Processing / 6.6：
Outlier removal / 6.6.1：
Differentiable flow properties / 6.6.2：
Integrable flow properties / 6.6.3：
Sources of Error / 6.7：
Uncertainty due to particle image density / 6.7.1：
Uncertainty due to velocity gradients within the interrogation windows / 6.7.2：
Uncertainty due to different particle size imaging / 6.7.3：
Effects of using different sizes of interrogation windows / 6.7.4：
Mean-bias error removal / 6.7.5：
DPIV Applications / 6.8：
Investigation of vortex ring formation / 6.8.1：
A novel application for force prediction DPIV / 6.8.2：
DPIV and a CFD counterpart: Common ground / 6.8.3：
Conclusion / 6.9：
Surface Temperature Sensing With Thermochromic Liquid Crystals / 6.10：
Properties of liquid crystals / 7.1：
Temperature calibration techniques / 7.1.2：
Convective heat transfer coefficient measurement techniques / 7.1.3：
Implementation / 7.2：
Sensing sheet preparation / 7.2.1：
Test surface illumination / 7.2.2：
Image capture and reduction / 7.2.3：
Calibration and measurement uncertainty / 7.2.4：
Examples / 7.3：
Turbine cascade / 7.3.1：
Turbulent spot and boundary layer / 7.3.2：
Turbulent juncture flow / 7.3.3：
Particle image thermography / 7.3.4：
Pressure and Shear Sensitive Coatings / 7.4：
Pressure-Sensitive Paint / 8.1：
Obtaining and applying pressure-sensitive paint / 8.2.1：
Lamps / 8.2.2：
Cameras / 8.2.3：
Data reduction / 8.2.4：
Shear-Sensitive Liquid Crystal Coating Method / 8.3：
Color-change responses to shear / 8.3.1：
Coating application / 8.3.2：
Lighting and imaging / 8.3.3：
Data acquisition and analysis / 8.3.4：
Example: Visualization of transition and separation / 8.3.5：
Example: Application of shear vector method / 8.3.6：
Fringe Imaging Skin Friction Interferometry / 8.4：
Physical principles / 8.4.1：
Surface preparation / 8.4.2：
Imaging / 8.4.3：
Calibration / 8.4.5：
Uncertainty / 8.4.6：
Methods for Compressible Flows / 8.4.8：
Basic Optical Concepts / 9.1：
Index of Refraction for a Gas / 9.3：
Light Ray Deflection and Retardation in a Refractive Field / 9.4：
Shadowgraph / 9.5：
Schlieren Method / 9.6：
Interferometry / 9.7：
Interference / 9.8：
Mach-Zehnder Interferometer / 9.9：
Holography / 9.10：
Holographic Interferometry / 9.11：
Applications / 9.12：
Three-Dimensional Imaging / 9.13：
Three-Dimensional Imaging Techniques / 10.1：
Image Data Types / 10.3：
Laser Scanner Designs / 10.4：
Discrete Laser Sheet Systems / 10.5：
Double Scan Laser Sweep Systems / 10.6：
Single Scan Laser Sweep Systems (Discrete) / 10.7：
Drum Scanners / 10.8：
Multiple Fixed Laser Sheets / 10.9：
Moving Laser Sheet Systems / 10.10：
Imaging Issues and Trade-Offs / 10.11：
Position accuracy of laser sheets / 10.11.1：
Illumination issues / 10.11.2：
Sweeps versus sheets for CW lasers / 10.11.3：
Optical components / 10.11.4：
Methods of control / 10.11.5：
Operational considerations / 10.11.6：
Imaging devices / 10.11.7：
Detailed Example / 10.12：
Control system design / 10.12.1：
Analysis and Display of Data / 10.13：
Processing and analysis of data / 10.13.1：
Methods of presentation and display / 10.13.2：
Concluding remarks / 10.14：
Quantitative Flow Visualization Via Fully Resolved Four-Dimensional Imaging / 10.15：
Technical Considerations / 11.1：
Laser induced fluorescence / 11.2.1：
Beam scanning electronics / 11.2.2：
Data acquisition system / 11.2.3：
Signal levels / 11.2.4：
Signal-to-noise ratio / 11.2.5：
Spatial and temporal resolution / 11.2.6：
Data processing / 11.2.7：
Sample Applications / 11.3：
Fine structure of turbulent scalar fields / 11.3.1：
Assessment of Taylor's hypothesis / 11.3.2：
Scalar imaging velocimetry / 11.3.3：
Fractal scaling of turbulent scalar fields / 11.3.4：
Further Information / 11.4：
Visualization, Feature Extraction, and Quantification of Numerical Visualizations of High-Gradient Compressible Flows / 11.5：
Fundamental configuration / 12.1：
Visualization Techniques / 12.2：
Numerical analog of experimental techniques / 12.2.1：
Smoothing and noise suppression / 12.2.2：
Selection of variables for visualization / 12.2.3：
Quantification of Shocks and Contacts / 12.3：
One-dimensional example / 12.3.1：
Algorithm / 12.3.2：
Two-dimensional example / 12.3.3：
Contact tracking and convergence of simulations / 12.3.4：
Quantification of local shock properties / 12.3.5：
Appendix A: Pseudo-code to Extract the Discontinuity Curves / 12.4：
Color Plates and Flow Gallery / 12.6：
Index
Preface to the First Edition
Preface to the Second Edition
Interpretation of Flow Visualization / 1：
46.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
46. Solid Fuel Blending
David A. Tillman, Dao N.B Duong, N. S. Harding, N. Stanley Harding, Harding N. Stanley, Dao Duong
出版情報: Elsevier ScienceDirect Books Complete , Butterworth-Heinemann, 2012
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Acknowledgments
Introduction to Fuel Blending / 1：
Overview / 1.1：
Fuel Blending for Solid Fuels / 1.2：
Blending System Considerations / 1.2.1：
Where Blending Can Occur / 1.2.2：
Objectives for Blending / 1.3：
Economic Considerations with Fuel Blending / 1.3.1：
Environmental Considerations with Fuel Blending / 1.3.2：
Historical and Technical Considerations for Fuel Blending / 1.3.3：
Blending for the Steel Industry-The Development of Petrology / 1.4：
Basics of Macerals / 1.4.1：
Petrography Applied to the Steel Industry / 1.4.2：
Conclusions on Blending for the Steel Industry / 1.4.3：
Typical Fuel Blends / 1.5：
Coal-Coal Blends / 1.5.1：
Coal-Biomass Blends / 1.5.2：
Coal-Opportunity Fuel Blends / 1.5.3：
Blends and Firing Systems / 1.6：
Types of Firing Systems / 1.6.1：
Types of Boilers / 1.6.2：
Conclusions / 1.7：
References
Principles of Solid Fuel Blending / 2：
Introduction: Blending for Dollars / 2.1：
Designing the Most Favorable Fuel / 2.2：
Influences on the Most Favorable Fuel Blend / 2.3：
Firing Method Considerations / 2.3.1：
Market Considerations / 2.3.2：
Developing a Fuel Blending Strategy / 2.4：
Blend Fuel Considerations / 2.4.1：
Combustion Characteristics of Binary and Ternary Blends / 2.4.2：
Reactivity, Ignition, and Flame Characteristics of Fuel Blends / 2.4.3：
Formation of Pollutants / 2.5：
Fuel Blending Characteristics Influencing Deposition / 2.6：
Fuel Blending and Corrosion / 2.7：
Blending's Impact on the Physical Characteristics of Solid Fuels / 2.8：
Management and Control of Fuel Blending / 2.9：
Blending Coal on Coal / 2.10：
Introduction and Basic Principles / 3.1：
Blending of Coal for Combustion and/or Gasification Purposes / 3.2：
Combustion and Gasification Processes / 3.3：
Combustion Processes and Fuel Blending / 3.3.1：
Coal Blending and the Combustion Process / 3.3.2：
Gasification Processes / 3.3.3：
Coals Used in Commercial Applications and Their Blending Potential / 3.4：
Characteristics of Various Commercially Significant Coals / 3.4.1：
Relationship of Chemical Composition to Petrography / 3.4.2：
Chemical Composition and Calorific Value / 3.4.3：
Kinetics and the Analysis of Coal Blend Reactivity / 3.5：
Devolatilization Kinetics / 3.5.1：
Reactivity and Ignition Temperature of Coal Blends / 3.5.2：
Char Oxidation Kinetics / 3.5.3：
The Behavior of Inorganic Constituents / 3.6：
Slagging and Blended Coals / 3.6.1：
Fouling and Blended Coals / 3.6.2：
Quantifying the Inorganic Interaction / 3.6.3：
Managing the Coal-on-Coal Blending Process / 3.7：
Influence of Blending on Materials Handling Issues / 3.7.1：
How Coal Blends Can Be Managed / 3.7.3：
Other Considerations / 3.7.4：
Blending Coal with Biomass: Cofiring Biomass with Coal / 3.8：
Introduction / 4.1：
Biomass and Coal Blending / 4.2：
Properties of Biomass and Coal / 4.2.1：
Cofiring: Reducing a Plant's Carbon Footprint / 4.3：
The Carbon Cycle / 4.3.1：
The Role of Biomass for Coal-Fired Plants / 4.3.2：
Other Reasons for Cofiring / 4.4：
SO2 Management / 4.4.1：
NOx Management / 4.4.2：
Cofiring in the United States and Europe / 4.5：
Characteristics of Biomass / 4.6：
Types of Biomass / 4.6.1：
Standard Characteristics of Biofuels / 4.6.2：
Fuel Porosity and Its Implications / 4.6.3：
Proximate and Ultimate Analysis and Higher Heating Value / 4.6.4：
Ash Elemental Analysis / 4.6.5：
Trace Elements / 4.6.6：
Reactivity Measures for Biomass / 4.7：
Reactivity of Combustibles / 4.7.1：
Structure and Reactivity / 4.7.2：
Drop Tube Kinetics / 4.7.3：
Ratios from Other Measures / 4.8：
Comparisons of Biomass to Coal / 4.9：
Central Appalachian Bituminous Coal / 4.9.1：
Illinois Basin Coal / 4.9.2：
Powder River Basin Coal / 4.9.3：
Lignite / 4.9.4：
The Chemistry of Cofiring / 4.10：
Reactivity and Cofiring / 4.10.1：
Evolution of Specific Elements and Compounds / 4.10.2：
Burning Profiles of Biomass-Coal Blends / 4.11：
Implications for Biomass-Coal Cofiring Systems / 4.12：
Biomass-Coal Blend Issues / 4.12.1：
Biomass-Coal Blend Systems / 4.12.2：
Cofiring Methods and Equipment-Mechanical Systems / 4.12.3：
Case Studies in Cofiring / 4.13：
Cofiring Experiences / 4.13.1：
Waste Fuel-Coal Blending / 4.14：
Tire-Derived Fuel / 5.1：
Typical Composition / 5.2.1：
Physical Characteristics / 5.2.3：
Types of Tire-Derived Fuel / 5.2.4：
Preparation and Handling Issues / 5.2.5：
Combustion Considerations / 5.2.6：
Case Studies / 5.2.7：
Conclusions Regarding Tire-Derived Fuel as a Blend Fuel / 5.2.8：
Petroleum Coke / 5.3：
Fuel Characteristics of Petroleum Coke / 5.3.1：
Petroleum Coke Issues / 5.3.2：
Petroleum Coke Utilization in Boilers / 5.3.3：
Petroleum Coke Utilization in Other Systems / 5.3.4：
Waste Plastics and Paper / 5.4：
Waste Plastic Composition / 5.4.1：
Waste Plastic and Paper Preparation / 5.4.2：
Waste Plastic Utilization / 5.4.3：
Hazardous Wastes / 5.5：
Fuel Characteristics of Hazardous Wastes / 5.5.1：
Combustion of Hazardous Wastes in Rotary Kilns / 5.5.2：
Waste Oil Utilization / 5.5.3：
Environmental Aspects of Fuel Blending / 5.6：
Regulatory Climate as It Influences Blending and Cofiring / 6.1：
Blending for Environmental and Economic Reasons / 6.3：
Areas of Concern / 6.4：
Particulates / 6.4.1：
Sulfur Dioxide / 6.4.2：
Nitrogen Oxides / 6.4.3：
Mercury / 6.4.4：
Fossil CO2 / 6.4.5：
Ash Management for Power Plants / 6.5：
Bottom Ash / 6.5.1：
Flyash / 6.5.2：
Blending for Emission Benefits / 6.6：
Blending PRB Coal with Other Solid Fuels / 6.6.1：
Emission Aspects / 6.6.2：
Selected Case Studies / 6.6.3：
Cofiring Biomass with Coal / 6.7：
Cofiring in Europe / 6.7.1：
Cofiring with Waste / 6.7.3：
Modeling and Fuel Blending / 6.7.5：
The Purposes of Modeling / 7.1：
Specific Applications of Modeling / 7.3：
Modeling to Reduce the Use of Physical Tests and Costs / 7.3.1：
Methods of Modeling / 7.3.2：
Principles of Physical Modeling / 7.4：
Some Applications of Physical Modeling / 7.4.1：
Computational Fluid Dynamics Modeling / 7.4.2：
The Basic Approach of Computational Fluid Dynamics Modeling / 7.5：
Computational Fluid Dynamics Modeling of Combustion Processes / 7.5.1：
Products of Combustion Modeling / 7.5.2：
Other Applications of Computational Fluid Dynamics Modeling / 7.5.3：
Modeling for Blending Purposes / 7.6：
The Traditional Approach to Blending Analysis / 7.6.1：
The Detailed Analytical Approach to Blending / 7.6.2：
Limitations of Modeling / 7.7：
Institutional Issues Associated with Coal Blending / 7.8：
Institutional Issues Associated with Fuel Blending / 8.1：
Economic Considerations Associated with Blending / 8.3：
Fuels Availability / 8.3.1：
Fuel Procurement / 8.3.2：
Fuel Transportation / 8.3.3：
Process Modifications / 8.4：
Coal Handling and Storage / 8.4.1：
Coal Blending / 8.4.2：
Pulverizer Performance / 8.4.3：
Furnace Effects / 8.4.4：
Convective Pass / 8.4.5：
Emissions / 8.4.6：
Future U.S. and World Coal Production / 8.5：
Index / 8.6：
Preface
Acknowledgments
Introduction to Fuel Blending / 1：
47.

図書
図書
47. Molecular cluster magnets
editor, Richard Winpenny
出版情報: Toh Tuck Link, Singapore : World Scientific, c2012  xii, 299 p. ; 24 cm
シリーズ名: World scientific series in nanoscience and nanotechnology ; v. 3
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Supramolecular Polymetallic 2D [n × n] Transition Metal Grids - Approaches to Ordered Molecular Assemblies and Functional Molecular Devices / Laurence K Thompson ; Louise N Dawe ; Konstantin V Shuvaev1：
Convergent Self-assembly
Introduction and overview / 1.1：
Polytopic ligands for [n × n] square grids-design and self-assembly / 1.2：
Thermodynamic aspects of the formation of convergent self-assembled grid architectures / 1.3：
Ligands and Complexes / 2：
Ditopic ligands and their complexes / 2.1：
Homometallic complexes / 2.1.1：
[2×2] grids with heterocyclic diazine (N2) bridging ligands / 2.1.1.1：
Ditopic ligands with more remote coordination pockets / 2.1.1.2：
Other polynuclear oligomers with remote ditopic ligands / 2.1.1.3：
[2 × 2] grids with single atom μ-O and μ-S bridging ditopic ligands / 2.1.1.4：
Ditopic hydrazone ligands with both μ-O or μ-NN bridging modes / 2.1.1.5：
Higher order oligomeric clusters based on ditopic ligands / 2.1.1.6：
Heterometallic [2 × 2] and mixed spin state grids / 2.1.2：
Symmetric tritopic ligands and their complexes / 2.2：
Homometallic [3 × 3] grids / 2.2.1：
Heterometallic and mixed spin state [3×3] grids / 2.2.2：
Tetratopic ligands and complexes / 2.3：
Homometallic [4 × 4] grids / 2.3.1：
Pentatopic ligands and their complexes / 2.4：
Homometallic [5 × 5] grids / 2.4.1：
Other Oligomers in the Assembly Process / 3：
Incomplete grids, clusters and chains / 3.1：
Nano-scale Molecular-Based Devices? / 4：
Conclusions and Future Perspectives / 5：
References
Recent Synthetic Results Involving Single Molecule Magnets / Guillem Aromí ; Eric J L Mclnnes ; Richard E P Winpenny
Introduction
A Brief Introduction to the Physics of SMMs
Further SMMs Based on Mn(III)
The largest SMM; a [Mn84] torus
Record spin number, ST = 83/2, but no slow relaxation / 3.2：
Record magnetic anisotropy barrier; a Mn6 cluster / 3.3：
Quantum entanglement between SMMs; first discovered in a pair of Mn4 clusters / 3.4：
[Mn3III MnIV] clusters with an S = 9/2 ground state / 3.5：
The [Mn2III Mn2II] family of "rhombic" SMMs / 3.6：
Oxime bridged SMMs with the core [Mn3IIIO] and ST = 6 / 3.7：
Magnetostructural correlations within a family of [Mn6III] SMMs / 3.8：
MMs Based on Fe(III) Ions
New SMMs Based on Divalent 3d-Ions
Slow Relaxation in Complexes Involving 4f-Elements / 6：
Single atom magnets / 6.1：
Polymetallic 4f-complexes / 6.2：
Heterometallic 3d-4f SMMs / 6.3：
Metallocyanate Based SMMs / 7：
Conclusions / 8：
The Nanoscopic V15 Cluster: A Unique Magnetic Polyoxometalate / Boris Tsukerblat ; Alex Tarantul
The Unique Magnetic Polyoxometalate V15
Structure and Superexchange Pathways
Exchange Interactions within the Triangle Model
Isotropic exchange within the triangle model
æAccidental' degeneracy and spin-frustration
Pseudo-angular momentum representation
Antisymmetric exchange, zero-field splitting
Ab initio calculations
Zeeman Levels, Magnetic Anisotropy
Electron Paramagnetic Resonance
EPR spectrum of V15: Role of antisymmetric exchange and selection rules / 5.1：
Discussion of the experimental EPR data / 5.2：
Static Magnetization
The theoretical model
Discussion of the experimental magnetization data
Dynamic Properties, Relaxation, Spin Dynamics
Relaxation mechanisms and magnetic hysteresis / 7.1：
Spin dynamics in the muon scattering experiment / 7.2：
Rabi oscillations and implementation of molecular magnets in quantum computing / 7.3：
Spin-vibronic Interaction
Hamiltonian of spin-vibronic coupling / 8.1：
Adiabatic surfaces / 8.2：
Influence of the Jahn-Teller effect on the magnetization / 8.3：
Estimation of the vibronic parameters for V15 / 8.4：
Role of Structural Deformations / 9：
Zero-field splitting in a scalene triangular system / 9.1：
Discussion of inelastic neutron scattering experiments / 9.2：
Energy pattern of a scalene triangular system / 9.3：
Magnetic properties of the scalene systems / 9.4：
Field induced Jahn-Teller instability / 9.5：
NMR Experiments / 10：
Conclusions and Outlook / 11：
Neutron Spectroscopy of Molecular Nanomagnets / Tatiana Guidi
Neutron Scattering: Basics Principles
Neutron scattering cross section
Nuclear scattering
Magnetic scattering
The time-of-flight technique
Exchange Interaction: A Spectroscopic Measurement
Spin dynamics in antiferromagnetic molecular rings
Elementary excitations in antiferromagnetic rings / 3.1.1：
Probing Quantum Coherence
Tunneling of the Néel vector / 4.1：
Quantum oscillations of the total spin / 4.2：
Zero-Field Splitting Anisotropy in High Spin Clusters
The giant spin approximation and beyond
Beyond the giant spin approximation / 5.1.1：
Recent Developments in EPR Spectroscopy of Molecular Nanomagnets / Eric J. L. McInnes
Beyond the Giant Spin Approximation (GSA)
Discrete Clusters-of-Clusters
Pulsed EPR
Simulating Computationally Complex Magnetic Molecules / Larry Engelhardt ; Christian Schroder
Scope and purpose
Introduction to the Heisenberg Hamiltonian
Usefulness and limitations of matrices
Quantum Monte Carlo Simulations
Avoiding the 'roadblock' of large matrices
Energy spectrum for symmetric rings
Applications to heterometallic rings
Applications to frustrated magnetic molecules
Classical Spin Dynamics Simulations
The classical heisenberg hamiltonian
Classical Monte Carlo simulations
The spin equations of motion / 3.2.1：
Heat bath simulational methods
Revealing novel physics in magnetic molecules with classical methods
Competing spin phases and exchange disorder in the Keplerate type molecules {Mo72Fe30} and {Mo72Cr3o} / 3.4.1：
Metamagnetic phase transitions in magnetic polytopes / 3.4.2：
Critical slowing-down in Heisenberg magnetic molecules / 3.4.3：
Summary
Index
Preface
Supramolecular Polymetallic 2D [n × n] Transition Metal Grids - Approaches to Ordered Molecular Assemblies and Functional Molecular Devices / Laurence K Thompson ; Louise N Dawe ; Konstantin V Shuvaev1：
Convergent Self-assembly
48.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
48. Biodegradable Metals
Hendra Hermawan
出版情報: SpringerLink Books - AutoHoldings , Dordrecht : Springer Berlin Heidelberg, 2012
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introduction to Metallic Biomaterials / 1：
Brief Overview / 1.1：
General Requirements / 1.2：
Type of Mostly Used Metals / 1.3：
Stainless Steels / 1.3.1：
Co-Cr Alloys / 1.3.2：
Ti and Ti Alloys / 1.3.3：
Precious Alloys / 1.3.4：
Other Metals and Alloys / 1.3.5：
Other Biomaterials / 1.4：
Polymers / 1.4.1：
Ceramics / 1.4.2：
Composites / 1.4.3：
Recent Development / 1.5：
Low Elastic Modulus Alloys / 1.5.1：
Nickel-Free Alloys / 1.5.2：
Metallic Glasses / 1.5.3：
Porous Metals / 1.5.4：
Biodegradable Metals / 1.5.5：
Conclusion / 1.6：
References
Biodegradable Metals: State of the Art / 2：
Paradigm Shifted / 2.1：
The Concept / 2.2：
Proof of Concept / 2.3：
Mechanical Support / 2.3.1：
Degradation / 2.3.2：
Biodegradable Metals for Cardiovascular Applications / 2.4：
The Need for Biodegradable Stent / 3.1：
Proposed Metals for Biodegradable Stent / 3.2：
Iron and its Alloys / 3.2.1：
Magnesium and its Alloys / 3.2.2：
Mechanical Property of the Proposed Metals / 3.3：
Validation of the Proposed Metals / 3.4：
Idealization of Biodegradable Metals for Stent / 3.5：
Strategy to Develop the Ideal Biodegradable Metals for Stent / 3.6：
New Alloys Development / 3.6.1：
New Processing Technique / 3.6.2：
Iterative Validation Method / 3.6.3：
Metallic Biodegradable Coronary Stent: Materials Development / 4：
Materials Design / 4.1：
Materials Production / 4.2：
Microstructure Analysis / 4.3：
Mechanical Property / 4.4：
Magnetic Property / 4.5：
Conclusion and Benchmarking / 4.6：
Metallic Biodegradable Coronary Stent: Degradation Study / 5：
Static Degradation / 5.1：
Dynamic Degradation / 5.2：
In Vitro Cytotoxicity / 5.3：
Metallic Biodegradable Coronary Stent: Stent Prototyping / 5.4：
Stent Design / 6.1：
Minitube Fabrication / 6.2：
Stent Fabrication / 6.3：
Laser Cutting / 6.3.1：
Annealing / 6.3.2：
Descaling / 6.3.3：
Stent's Mechanical Testing / 6.4：
Critics to the Fabrication Process / 6.5：
Stent's Degradation Testing / 6.6：
Suggestion / 6.7：
Perspective / 7：
Introduction to Metallic Biomaterials / 1：
Brief Overview / 1.1：
General Requirements / 1.2：
49.

図書
図書
49. Multiphysics modeling using COMSOL 4 : a first principles approach
Roger W. Pryor
出版情報: Dulles : Mercury Learning and Information, c2012  xviii, 553 p. ; 24 cm
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Introduction
Modeling Methodology Using COMSOL Multiphysics 4.x / Chapter 1：
Guidelines for New COMSOL Multiphysics 4.x Modelers
Hardware Considerations
Simple Model Setup Overview
Basic Problem Formulation and Implicit Assumptions
ID Window Heat Flow Models
1D 1 Pane Window Heat Flow Model
1D 2 Pane Window Heat Flow Model
1D 3 Pane Window Heat Flow Model
First Principles as Applied to Model Definition
Some Common Sources of Modeling Errors
References
Suggested Modeling Exercises
Materials Properties Using COMSOL Multiphysics 4.x / Chapter 2：
Materials Properties Guidelines and Considerations
COMSOL Materials Properties Sources
Other Materials Properties Sources
Material Property Entry Techniques
Multi-Pane Window Model
0D Electrical Circuit Interface Modeling Using COMSOL Multiphysics 4.x / Chapter 3：
Guidelines for Electrical Circuit Interface Modeling in 4.x
Electrical/Electronic Circuit Considerations
Simple Electrical Circuit Interface Model Setup Overview
0D Basic Circuit Models
0D Resistor-Capacitor Series Circuit Model
0D Inductor-Resistor Series Circuit Model
0D Series-Resistor Parallel-Inductor-Capacitor Circuit Model
0D Basic Circuit Models Analysis and Conclusions
First Principles as Applied to 0D Model Definition
1D Modeling Using COMSOL Multiphasics 4.x / Chapter 4：
Guidelines for 1D Modeling in 4.x
1D Modeling Considerations
1D Basic Models
1D KdV Equation Model
1D Telegraph Equation Model
1D Spherically Symmetric Transport Model
1D Spherically Symmetric Transport Model Animation
First Principles as Applied to 1D Model Definition
2D Modeling Using COMSOL Multiphysics 4.x / Chapter 5：
Guidelines for 2D Modeling in 4.x
2D Modeling Considerations
2D Basic Models
2D Electrochemical Polishing Model
2D Hall Effect Model
First Principles as Applied to 2D Model Definition
2D Axisymmetric Modeling Using COMSOL Multiphysics 4.x / Chapter 6：
Guidelines for 2D Axisymmetric Modeling in 4.x
2D Axismmetric Modeling Considerations
2D Axisymmetric Basic Models
2D Axisymmetric Cylinder Conduction Model
2D Axisymmetric Transient Heat Transfer Model
First Principles as Applied to 2D Axisymmetric Model Definition
2D Simple Mixed Mode Modeling Using COMSOL Multiphysics 4.x / Chapter 7：
Guidelines for 2D Simple Mixed Mode Modeling in 4.x
2D Simple Mixed Mode Modeling Considerations
2D Simple Mixed Mode Models
2D Electric Impedance Sensor Model
2D Metal Layer on a Dielectric Block Model
First Principles as Applied to 2D Simple Mixed Mode Model Definition
2D Complex Mixed Mode Modeling Using COMSOL Multiphysics 4.x / Chapter 8：
Guidelines for 2D Complex Mixed Mode Modeling in 4.x
2D Complex Mixed Mode Modeling Considerations
2D Complex Mixed Mode Models
2D Copper Electroplating Model
2D Electrocoalescence Oil/Water Separation Model
First Principles as Applied to 2D Complex Mixed Mode Model Definition
3D Modeling Using COMSOL Multiphysics 4.x / Chapter 9：
Guidelines for 3D Modeling in 4.x
3D Modeling Considerations
3D Models
3D Spiral Coil Microinductor Model
3D Linear Microresistor Beam Model
First Principles as Applied to 3D Model Definition
Perfectly Matched Layer Models Using COMSOL Multiphysics 4.x / Chapter 10：
Guidelines for Perfecdy Matched Layer (PML) Modeling in 4.x
Perfecdy Matched Layer (PML) Modeling Guidelines and Coordinate Considerations
Perfecdy Matched Layer Models
2D Concave Metallic Mirror PML Model
2D Energy Concentrator PML Model
First Principles as Applied to PML Model Definition
Bioheat Models Using COMSOL Multiphysics 4.x / Chapter 11：
Guidelines for Bioheat Modeling in 4.x
Bioheat Modeling Considerations
Bioheat Transfer Models
2D Axisymmetric Tumor Laser Irradiation Model
2D Axisymmetric Microwave Cancer Therapy Model
First Principles as Applied to Bioheat Model Definition
Index
Preface
Introduction
Modeling Methodology Using COMSOL Multiphysics 4.x / Chapter 1：
50.

図書
図書
50. Proceedings of the 31st IASTED Asian Conference on Modelling, Identification and Control, held April 2-4, 2012 in Phuket, Thailand . Proceedings of the Seventh IASTED International Conference on Advances in Computer Science and Engineering, held April 2-4, 2012 in Phuket, Thailand
editor, W. Assawinchaichote . editor, M. H. Hamza
出版情報: Anaheim : ACTA Press, [2012]  iv, 422 p. ; 28 cm
所蔵情報: loading…
文献の複写および貸借の依頼を行う
 文献複写・貸借依頼